WO2021157525A1 - Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member - Google Patents

Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021157525A1
WO2021157525A1 PCT/JP2021/003540 JP2021003540W WO2021157525A1 WO 2021157525 A1 WO2021157525 A1 WO 2021157525A1 JP 2021003540 W JP2021003540 W JP 2021003540W WO 2021157525 A1 WO2021157525 A1 WO 2021157525A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pattern
mass
resin pattern
resin layer
resin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/003540
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
壮二 石坂
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021575783A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021157525A1/ja
Priority to CN202180007980.6A priority patent/CN114930250A/en
Publication of WO2021157525A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021157525A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a resin pattern manufacturing method, a circuit wiring manufacturing method, a touch panel manufacturing method, and a photosensitive transfer member.
  • the electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part, the peripheral wiring part, and the wiring of the take-out wiring part are wired.
  • a conductive layer pattern such as is provided inside the touch panel.
  • the number of steps for obtaining a required pattern shape is small, so that a layer of a photosensitive resin composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer member is used.
  • a method of developing after exposure through a mask having a desired pattern is widely used.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-209173 includes (A) an acid-modified photosensitive epoxy resin and (B) a non-photosensitive carboxylic acid resin having a styrene skeleton and a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 50,000.
  • a photosensitive resin composition characterized by the above is described.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-209426 describes an alkali-soluble resin, a compound having a quinonediazide structure, a pyrrole structure, an isoxazole structure, a thiazole structure, an isothiazole structure, a pyridine structure, an indole structure, a quinoline structure, and an isoquinoline structure.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having at least one structure selected from the above group is described.
  • An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a resin pattern having excellent resolution. Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring having excellent resolution and a method for manufacturing a touch panel. Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive transfer member having excellent resolution.
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
  • a method for producing a resin pattern in which the pattern width of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 ⁇ m or more larger than the pattern width at the% position.
  • ⁇ 2> The method for producing a resin pattern according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 3> The method for producing a resin pattern according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 25 ⁇ m or less.
  • ⁇ 4> The value obtained by subtracting the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 2.4 ⁇ m or less ⁇ 1>.
  • ⁇ 5> The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerizable compound and a binder polymer.
  • ⁇ 6> The method for producing a resin pattern according to ⁇ 5>, wherein the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer is 0.9 or less. .. ⁇ 7>
  • the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound, and the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer is 60 mass by mass.
  • the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed, and is manufactured by the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring which comprises a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged in a laminate having the resin pattern on a substrate to form a circuit wiring.
  • the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed, and is manufactured by the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • a method for manufacturing a touch panel which comprises a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged in a laminate having the resin pattern on a substrate to form wiring for a touch panel.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a method for producing a resin pattern having excellent resolution. Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring having excellent resolution and a method for manufacturing a touch panel. Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive transfer member having excellent resolution.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a resin pattern formed in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure in the width direction.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the layer structure of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing the pattern A.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic view showing the pattern B.
  • the numerical range represented by using “-" in the present specification means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • “(meth) acrylic” represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either
  • “(meth) acrylate” represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either.
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the sum of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified, when a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. Means quantity.
  • the term "process” is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure as used herein includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam.
  • the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams (active energy rays) are used.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • X-rays X-rays
  • active rays such as electron beams (active energy rays)
  • chemical structural formula in the present specification may be described by a simplified structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
  • “% by mass” and “% by weight” are synonymous, and “parts by mass” and “parts by weight” are synonymous.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure use columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.). It is a molecular weight converted by detecting with a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and using polystyrene as a standard substance.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern that forms a resin pattern on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer, and the width of the resin pattern.
  • the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 ⁇ m or more larger than the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate.
  • a thin film thickness is being studied.
  • processing such as development and etching is performed under the same conditions as a conventional thick film resist, it may not be possible to obtain a preferable form because it is excessively developed and etched (undercut, peeling, uneven shape, etc.). ).
  • the etching is excessive, the etching proceeds deep into the lower part of the resist (so-called side etching), the resist layer itself is damaged, the wiring disappears, etc., and it is difficult to miniaturize the resin pattern. There was a problem.
  • the resist is required to have a rectangular shape in order to make the etching linearity and the linear shape uniform, and to obtain good linearity by further lengthening the etching time. I am designing. However, when the resist is thinned as described above, it becomes difficult to process it with a long etching time.
  • the present inventor has found that the conventional method for producing a resin pattern that forms a cross-sectional shape of a pattern does not have sufficient resolution. As a result of diligent studies, the present inventor has found that the resin pattern having the above structure is excellent in resolvability. Although the detailed mechanism for exhibiting the above effect is unknown, the substrate of the resin pattern is larger than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in the width direction of the resin pattern. Since the pattern width in the portion in contact with the resin pattern is 0.2 ⁇ m or more, the width of the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is large during etching using the resin pattern, which may slow down the progress of side etching.
  • the etching pattern has a small width, the occurrence of etching defects such as pattern thinning and disconnection can be suppressed, and the resolution of the obtained etching pattern (also simply referred to as "resolution") is excellent. There is.
  • the etching resist is required to have a rectangular shape without residues and skirts.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is designed to slow down the etching rate and prevent excessive etching by intentionally designing the resist shape after development into a shape that draws threads. That is, the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is an invention having a technical idea opposite to that of the conventional negative resist design.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer. Preferred embodiments of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure will be described later.
  • the photosensitive transfer member used in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is preferably a negative type photosensitive transfer member. Further, the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as an etching resist.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is in contact with the substrate of the resin pattern rather than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern.
  • the pattern width in the portion is larger than 0.2 ⁇ m. When it is larger than 0.2 ⁇ m, the progress of the side edge at the time of etching can be delayed, and the resolution is excellent.
  • the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern at a position 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the pattern width at a portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern.
  • the value obtained by subtracting the width is 0 from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 3.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 2.4 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more and 2.0 ⁇ m or less, and 0.4 ⁇ m or more and 2.0 ⁇ m. The following is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern in the present disclosure As a method for measuring the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern in the present disclosure and the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate. Cuts a substrate having a resin pattern in the width direction of the resin pattern, observes the cut resin pattern and the substrate from the cut surface side with a scanning electron microscope, and measures each pattern width.
  • the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern and the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate shall be the average value of the measured values at 10 points.
  • the "cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern” is a cross section in a plane parallel to the width direction and the thickness direction of the substrate, and is, for example, perpendicular to the line direction of the resin pattern which is line and space. It is a cross section in a plane.
  • the position of X% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction means the maximum of the resin pattern from the substrate in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction. Represents a position at a height of X% of the height.
  • the resin pattern preferably has a higher hardness than the uncured photosensitive resin layer.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a resin pattern formed in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure in the width direction.
  • the resin pattern 4 on the substrate 2 shown in FIG. 1 has tailing portions 4a on both sides of the resin pattern 4 in the vicinity of the portion in contact with the substrate 2. Further, in FIG. 1, 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern 4 from the substrate 2 is H90, and the pattern width at 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern 4 is L1. The pattern width at the portion of 4 in contact with the substrate 2 is L2.
  • the width of the resin pattern A is formed.
  • the pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate is preferably 6.2 ⁇ m or more, and is 6.2 ⁇ m or more and 9.0 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. More preferably, it is more preferably 6.2 ⁇ m or more and 8.4 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 6.3 ⁇ m or more and 8.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 6.4 ⁇ m or more and 8.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • all of the resin patterns are in contact with the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern, rather than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate.
  • the pattern width does not have to be larger than 0.2 ⁇ m, and among the resin patterns produced by the photosensitive transfer member observed from the direction perpendicular to the surface direction of the substrate, in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction.
  • the proportion of the resin pattern in which the pattern width in the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 ⁇ m or more larger than the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern is 50 area% or more. It is more preferably 80 area% or more, and particularly preferably 90 area% or more.
  • the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern-50% of the maximum height of the resin pattern.
  • the value of the pattern width at the position is preferably ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 1.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and ⁇ . It is more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 0.2 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is 5% to 40% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the widthwise cross section of the resin pattern from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferable that the pattern width gradually increases from the position of 1 toward the substrate, and the pattern width gradually increases from the position of 10% to 30% of the maximum height of the resin pattern toward the substrate. A resin pattern that becomes longer is more preferable, and a resin pattern in which the pattern width gradually increases from a position of 15% to 25% of the maximum height of the resin pattern toward the substrate is particularly preferable.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern-from the substrate of the resin pattern.
  • the value of the pattern width at the position of 5% of the maximum height is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 2.5 ⁇ m or less, and 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 2.0 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.15 ⁇ m or more and 1.8 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 1.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin pattern having a pattern width of 10 ⁇ m or less, and a resin pattern having a pattern width of 8 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferable to include a resin pattern having a pattern width of 6 ⁇ m or less, and it is particularly preferable to include a resin pattern having a pattern width of 1 ⁇ m or more and 6 ⁇ m or less. Further, the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure preferably has a line-and-space pattern from the viewpoint of more exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
  • the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is preferably an etching resist pattern for wiring formation, and is an etching resist pattern for circuit wiring, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the etching resist pattern for circuit wiring includes wiring having a width of 6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the maximum height of the resin pattern produced by the method for producing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure is 20 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure, although it is related to the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer described later. It is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the value of the pattern width / the maximum height of the resin pattern at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate is as follows. It is preferable to include a resin pattern within the numerical range of.
  • the value of the pattern width / the maximum height of the resin pattern at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate is preferably 2 or less from the viewpoint of more exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 1.5 or less, further preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer.
  • a photosensitive transfer member and a substrate are placed on a second surface of the photosensitive resin layer, that is, a surface on a side not facing the temporary support.
  • bonding step a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer
  • exposure step A method including a step of forming a resin pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as a “development step”) in this order is preferable.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a bonding step.
  • the bonding step it is preferable that the substrate (or the conductive layer when the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate) is brought into contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer, and the photosensitive transfer member and the substrate are pressure-bonded. ..
  • the adhesion between the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate is improved, it is suitable as an etching resist when etching the patterned photosensitive resin layer conductive layer after exposure and development. Can be used.
  • the cover film may be removed from the surface of the photosensitive resin layer and then bonded. Further, in the bonding step, a layer other than the cover film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is further formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side where the photosensitive transfer member does not face the temporary support. In this case, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side that does not have the temporary support and the substrate are bonded to each other via the layer.
  • a layer other than the cover film for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer
  • the method of crimping the substrate and the photosensitive transfer member is not particularly limited, and a known transfer method and laminating method can be used.
  • the bonding of the photosensitive transfer member to the substrate is preferably performed by stacking the substrate on the second surface side of the photosensitive resin layer and applying pressure and heating by means such as a roll.
  • known laminators such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing method and the circuit wiring manufacturing method including the bonding step are preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method.
  • the roll-to-roll method is a structure in which a substrate that can be wound and unwound is used as the substrate, and the substrate or the substrate is included before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the circuit wiring manufacturing method. It includes a step of unwinding a body (also referred to as a “unwinding step”) and a step of winding a substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a “winding step”) after any of the steps.
  • the unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
  • a known substrate may be used, but a substrate having a conductive layer is preferable, and it is more preferable to have a conductive layer on the surface of the substrate.
  • the substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
  • the base material constituting the substrate examples include glass, silicon and film.
  • the base material constituting the substrate is preferably transparent.
  • transparent means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more.
  • the refractive index of the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
  • the transparent glass substrate examples include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass substrate, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809 and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
  • a film substrate When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical distortion and / or high transparency.
  • film substrates include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose and cycloolefin polymers.
  • a film substrate is preferable when it is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that the substrate is a sheet-like resin composition.
  • the conductive layer included in the substrate examples include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring.
  • the conductive layer at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer and a conductive polymer layer is preferable from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property.
  • a metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is further preferable.
  • the substrate may have one conductive layer alone, or may have two or more conductive layers. When having two or more conductive layers, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials.
  • Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides.
  • Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag and Au.
  • Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) and SiO 2 .
  • conductivity means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 ⁇ 10 6 ⁇ cm.
  • the volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ cm.
  • At least one conductive layer among the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.
  • the conductive layer an electrode pattern corresponding to a sensor of a visual recognition portion used in a capacitive touch panel or wiring of a peripheral extraction portion is preferable.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a step (exposure step) of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer after the bonding step.
  • the detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. At least a part (preferably) of the pattern so as to improve the display quality of a display device (for example, a touch panel) provided with an input device having a circuit wiring manufactured by a circuit wiring manufacturing method and to reduce the area occupied by the take-out wiring.
  • the electrode pattern and / or the portion of the take-out wiring of the touch panel preferably includes a thin wire having a width of 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the light source used for exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm).
  • a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure for example, 365 nm or 405 nm.
  • Specific examples thereof include ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).
  • the exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then pattern-exposed, or the temporary support may be peeled off after pattern-exposure through the temporary support.
  • the pattern exposure may be an exposure through a mask or a direct exposure using an exposure means such as a laser.
  • the method for producing a resin pattern preferably includes, after the above-mentioned exposure step, a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern.
  • a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern When the photosensitive transfer member has a thermoplastic resin and an intermediate layer, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer in the non-exposed portion are also removed together with the photosensitive resin layer in the non-exposed portion in the developing step. Further, in the developing step, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer of the exposed portion may also be removed in a form of being dissolved or dispersed in the developing solution.
  • the exposed photosensitive resin layer in the developing step can be developed by using a developing solution.
  • the developing solution is not particularly limited as long as the non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer can be removed.
  • a known developing solution such as the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724 can be used. Can be used.
  • the developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant.
  • the developing solution the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable.
  • the development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development.
  • Shower development is a development process for removing a non-exposed portion by spraying a developing solution on the photosensitive resin layer after exposure by a shower. After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 ° C to 40 ° C.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a step of peeling the cover film from the photosensitive transfer member.
  • the method of peeling the cover film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.
  • the method for producing the resin pattern may include any step (other steps) other than the steps described above.
  • the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps.
  • the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes at least a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer.
  • the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer may be directly laminated without interposing another layer, or may be laminated through another layer. Further, another layer may be laminated on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support. Examples of the layer other than the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer include a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and a cover film.
  • the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a temporary support.
  • the temporary support is a support that supports a photosensitive resin layer or a laminate containing a photosensitive resin layer and is removable.
  • the temporary support preferably has light transmission property from the viewpoint of enabling exposure of the photosensitive resin layer through the temporary support when pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer.
  • “having light transmittance” means that the transmittance of light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
  • the temporary support preferably has a light transmittance of 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, at a wavelength (more preferably 365 nm) used for pattern exposure. Is more preferable.
  • the transmittance of the layer included in the photosensitive transfer member refers to the light emitted through the layer with respect to the intensity of the incident light when the light is incident in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (thickness direction). It is a ratio of the intensity of light emission, and is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the material constituting the temporary support include a glass substrate, a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility and light transmission.
  • Examples of the resin film include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film and polycarbonate film. Among them, a PET film is preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.
  • the thickness (layer thickness) of the temporary support is not particularly limited, and the strength as the support, the flexibility required for bonding to the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the light required in the first exposure step. From the viewpoint of transparency, it may be selected according to the material.
  • the thickness of the temporary support is preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, further preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, and in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 16 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. Especially preferable.
  • the thickness of the temporary support is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 25 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity when exposed through the temporary support.
  • the film used as the temporary support has no deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, or defects.
  • the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, deposits, etc. contained in the temporary support is small.
  • the number of the above fine particles and foreign matter and defect diameter 1 ⁇ m is preferably 50/10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10/10 mm 2 or less, further preferably 3/10 mm 2 or less , 0 pieces / 10 mm 2 is particularly preferable.
  • Preferred embodiments of the provisional support include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of JP2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680. , Paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370 and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of JP-A-2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is reduced by exposure and the non-exposed portion is removed by development.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is not limited to the negative photosensitive resin layer, and even if the photosensitive resin layer is a positive photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is improved by exposure and the exposed portion is removed by development. good.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound and a binder polymer, more preferably contains a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a photopolymerization initiator, and contains the polymer A, the polymerizable compound, and It is particularly preferable to include a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and the binder polymer: 10% by mass to 90% by mass; the polymerizable compound: 5% by mass to 70% by mass; and the photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass. It preferably contains% to 20% by mass.
  • each component will be described in order.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a binder polymer.
  • the binder polymer is not particularly limited, and for example, a known binder polymer used for an etching resist is preferably used. Further, examples of the binder polymer include alkali-soluble polymers.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer having an acid group. Among them, as the binder polymer, the polymer A described later is preferable.
  • the binder polymer preferably contains the polymer A.
  • the polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer.
  • Alkali-soluble polymers include polymers that are easily soluble in alkaline substances.
  • the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 190 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution. Less than is more preferred.
  • the lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is preferable. Especially preferable.
  • the acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample, and the unit is described as mgKOH / g in the present specification.
  • the acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
  • the acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolution and developability.
  • the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less.
  • setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more is a viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed agglomerates and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge fuse properties and cut chip properties in the case of a photosensitive resin laminate. Is preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the edge fuse property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer member is wound into a roll.
  • the cut chip property refers to the degree of ease with which the chip flies when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this chip adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it will be transferred to the mask in a later exposure process or the like, causing a defective product.
  • the dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is more preferably 0.0 to 3.0.
  • the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography.
  • the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as the polymer A from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure.
  • a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group.
  • the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group was determined as a weight average value.
  • the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, tert-butoxy styrene, acetoxy styrene, 4-vinyl). Benzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is 20% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. It is preferably ⁇ 50% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 35% by mass. preferable.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate, etc .; vinyl monomer having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzyl. Examples include alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the benzyl (meth) acrylate monomer component is the total of all the monomer components. Based on the mass, it is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass, and 75% by mass to 75% by mass. It is particularly preferably 90% by mass.
  • the polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described later, and / or a second polymer described later. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the monomers of.
  • the polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and at least the first monomer. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing one kind with at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
  • the first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule.
  • the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, maleic acid semiester and the like.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
  • the content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
  • (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid
  • (meth) acryloyl group means an acryloyl group or methacrylic acid group
  • (meth) acrylate means an acryloyl group or methacrylic acid group
  • the copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components.
  • the copolymerization ratio of 10% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability and controlling edge fuseability, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more. ..
  • the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution of the resist pattern and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern, and from these viewpoints, 35% by mass.
  • the following is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is further preferable, and 27% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is further preferable.
  • the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% by mass to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and a second single amount.
  • the polymer preferably contains 30% by mass to 45% by mass of a body component.
  • the polymer preferably contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of the first monomer component. ..
  • the polymer A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in the side chain.
  • a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. ..
  • the group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, and ( Isoamyl (meth) acrylate, tert-amyl (meth) acrylate, sec-amyl (meth) acrylate, 2-octyl (meth) acrylate, 3-octyl (meth) acrylate and tert-octyl (meth) acrylate. And so on.
  • isopropyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and tert-butyl methacrylate are preferable, and isopropyl methacrylate or tert-butyl methacrylate is more preferable.
  • the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms can be mentioned. More specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth).
  • (meth) acrylic acid esters (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid (nor) boronyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid -2-adamantyl, fentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate is preferred, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate, More preferred are isobornyl (meth) acrylate, -2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate.
  • the polymer A can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • two types of polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be mixed and used, or a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be used.
  • the ratio of the polymer A containing the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group to the total amount of the polymer A is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
  • a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide or azoisobutyronitrile is prepared by diluting the one or more monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, the synthesis is carried out while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction solution. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level. As the synthesis means, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. ..
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the polymer A.
  • Resins other than polymer A include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (however, those having a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resins, polyester resins, and polyamides. Examples thereof include resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
  • the binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the binder polymer to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 40% by mass to 60% by mass. It is mass%. It is preferable that the ratio of the binder polymer to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable that the ratio of the binder polymer to the photosensitive resin layer is 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator, which will be described later, and is different from the binder polymer described above.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferable.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is a component that contributes to the photosensitivity (that is, photocurability) of the negative photosensitive resin layer and the strength of the cured film.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
  • the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • As the ethylenically unsaturated compound a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction, and has, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group and a maleimide group. Groups; and groups having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group can be mentioned.
  • the polymerizable group a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryloyl group or a metaacryloyl group is more preferable.
  • a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferable, and two or more ethylenes in one molecule are preferable because the photosensitive resin layer has more excellent photosensitivity.
  • a compound having a sex unsaturated group is more preferable.
  • the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less in terms of excellent resolution and peelability. More preferred.
  • the photosensitive resin layer is bifunctional or trifunctional having two or three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule in that the photosensitive resin layer has a better balance of photosensitivity, resolution and peelability. It is preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
  • the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably more than 70% by mass, and more preferably 90% by mass from the viewpoint of excellent peelability. The above is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds.
  • the mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. More preferably, it is more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 99% by mass or less is preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, 90% by mass or less is further preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • aromatic ring contained in the polymerizable compound B1 examples include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring and anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring and pyridine ring. Heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable.
  • the aromatic ring may have a substituent.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution.
  • the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane).
  • examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but 4 to 16 per molecule is preferable, and 6 to 14 is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
  • 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxipolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane examples include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • the polymerizable compound B1 has the following general formula (I):
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is C 2 H 4
  • B is C 3 H 6
  • n 1 and n 3 are independent, respectively.
  • n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40
  • n 2 and n 4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30.
  • the sequence of repeating units of-(AO)-and-(BO)- may be random or block. In the case of a block, either ⁇ (A—O) ⁇ or ⁇ (BO) ⁇ may be on the bisphenyl group side.
  • The compound represented by can be used.
  • n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Further, n 2 + n 4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 4, further preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
  • the polymerizable compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of more excellent resolution.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin exudes from the end of the transfer member).
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1.
  • the polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound B1 is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound), a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring, and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound. Examples include compounds.
  • Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Be done.
  • Examples of the alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate 1,10-decanediol diacrylate
  • neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate examples of the polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
  • urethane di (meth) acrylate examples include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate.
  • 8UX-015A manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • UA-32P manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • UA-1100H manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth).
  • Examples thereof include acrylates, tri (meth) acrylates of isocyanuric acid, glycerin tri (meth) acrylates, and modified alkylene oxides thereof.
  • (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate) is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate.
  • (Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate” is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. More preferably, it contains a saturated compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
  • alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound examples include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). -9300-1CL, etc.), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd.
  • caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). -9300-1CL, etc.)
  • the polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound B1 the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 may be used.
  • the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, and is 0. It is more preferably 9.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less.
  • the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
  • the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the above is more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the acrylic compound is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0.1% by mass.
  • the polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. % Is more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymerizable compound containing the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and even more preferably 300 to 2,200.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates the polymerization of a polymerizable compound by receiving active light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light, and X-rays.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
  • Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure and a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure.
  • the photosensitive resin layer contains 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed and non-exposed areas, and resolution. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the derivatives.
  • the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different.
  • Derivatives of the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include, for example, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP2011-95716A and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP2015-14783 may be used.
  • photoradical polymerization initiator examples include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and TAZ-110 (trade name:).
  • Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd. Benzoinone, TAZ-111 (trade name: Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IrgacureOXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (BASF), Omnirad 651 and 369 (trade name: IGM Resins B.V.) , And 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) Be done.
  • photoradical polymerization initiators examples include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-.
  • 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer) is (2.
  • 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer is used.
  • B-CIM 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light.
  • a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used.
  • the generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred.
  • the lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
  • Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
  • Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 may be used.
  • nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator examples include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds.
  • trichloromethyl-s-triazines the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-221494 may be used.
  • the oxime sulfonate compound the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof. ..
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photopolymerization initiator alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably 0% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution.
  • a dye also simply referred to as "dye N"
  • the detailed mechanism is unknown, but the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, a temporary support and the intermediate layer) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.
  • the term "the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base or a radical” means that the dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, a base or a radical, and the dye in a decolorized state is an acid. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which a color is developed by a base or a radical, or a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
  • the dye N may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to develop a color, or may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to decolorize.
  • it may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the acid, base or radical generated and acted in the photosensitive resin layer by exposure, and the state in the photosensitive resin layer by the acid, base or radical. It may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by changing (for example, pH). Further, it may be a dye that changes the state of color development or decolorization by directly receiving an acid, a base or a radical as a stimulus without exposure.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed parts. preferable.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye that develops color by an acid, a base, or a radical.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator is added to the photosensitive resin layer, and photoradical polymerization is carried out after exposure.
  • a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye for example, a leuco dye
  • a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye for example, a leuco dye
  • the dye N preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 550 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm. It is more preferably about 650 nm. Further, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N is transmitted by a solution containing the dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. It is obtained by measuring the spectrum and detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
  • Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds.
  • Examples of dyes that are decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxazine dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.
  • As the dye N a leuco compound is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
  • the leuco compound examples include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropylan skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton.
  • leuco compounds having leuco compounds include leuco auramine dyes.
  • leuco auramine dyes include leuco compounds having leuco compounds (leuco auramine dyes).
  • a triarylmethane dye or a fluorane dye is preferable, and a leuco compound having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane dye) or a fluorane dye is more preferable.
  • the leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
  • the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring of the leuco compound is reacted with the radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator to change the leuco compound into a ring-closed state.
  • the color can be decolorized or the leuco compound can be changed to an open ring state to develop a color.
  • the leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring, and the lactone ring, the sultone ring, or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color.
  • a compound in which the lactone ring is opened to develop color is more preferable.
  • Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Specific examples of dyes among dyes N include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fucsin, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose bengal, methanyl yellow, timol sulfophthalein, xylenol blue, and methyl.
  • leuco compound among the dyes N include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, and malakite green lactone.
  • the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and is a dye that develops color by radicals. Is more preferable.
  • As the dye N leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferable.
  • the dye N may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the dye N is 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution.
  • 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferable, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example.
  • a solution prepared by dissolving 0.001 g and 0.01 g of the dye in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone is prepared.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals were generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm. Brings all pigments into color.
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
  • UV3100 UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that 3 g of the photosensitive resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene glycol higher fatty acid diesters, silicone-based nonionic surfactants, and fluorine-based nonionics. Examples include sex surfactants.
  • the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution. It is considered that the photosensitive resin layer contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant to suppress the penetration of the etching solution into the photosensitive resin layer and reduce the side etching.
  • fluorine-based nonionic surfactants examples include Megafuck F-551, F-552 and F-554 (all manufactured by DIC Corporation).
  • fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F. -144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F -561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R -141-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, DIC Corporation) Made), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (all manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC
  • a fluorine-based surfactant an acrylic compound having a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine atom volatilizes.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
  • fluorine-based surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used.
  • Megafvck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
  • fluorine-based surfactant from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), are used. It is preferably a surfactant derived from an alternative material.
  • PFOA perfluorooctanoic acid
  • PFOS perfluorooctanesulfonic acid
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc.
  • Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (or more) , BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (above, BASF), Solsparse 20000 (above, Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW -1002 (above, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (above, manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (above, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like can
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
  • silicone-based surfactants include DOWNSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (above, Toray).
  • surfactant examples include the surfactant described in paragraphs 0120 to 0125 of International Publication No. 2018/179640, the surfactant described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 45027884, and JP-A-2009-237362.
  • the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0071 can also be used.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a known additive in addition to the above components, if necessary.
  • the additive include a radical polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, a resin other than polymer A, and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain each additive alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor.
  • the radical polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Of these, phenothiazine, phenothiazine or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable.
  • examples of other radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.
  • carboxybenzotriazoles examples include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene. Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylene carboxybenzotriazole and the like.
  • a commercially available product such as CBT-1 (Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name) can be used.
  • the total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, benzotriazols, and carboxybenzotriazols is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass when the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is 100% by mass. It is more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass. It is preferable that the content is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin layer. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used.
  • Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stillben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoaclydin compounds.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of sensitizer alone or two or more kinds.
  • the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain movement. Therefore, 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass is preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound.
  • a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
  • the photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent.
  • the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive resin layer includes metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid growth agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, and thickeners. , Crosslinking agents, and known additives such as organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors may be further contained. Additives contained in the photosensitive resin layer are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP-A-2014-85643, and the contents of this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, further preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m. Is particularly preferable, and 0.5 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m is most preferable. As a result, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer is improved, and the resolvability can be improved. Further, in one embodiment, 0.5 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m is preferable, 0.5 ⁇ m to 4 ⁇ m is more preferable, and 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m is further preferable.
  • the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 6 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 4 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of linearity.
  • the layer thickness of each layer included in the photosensitive transfer member is based on an observation image obtained by observing a cross section in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer member with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It is measured by measuring the thickness of each layer at 10 points or more and calculating the average value thereof.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% or more, preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 50% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.
  • the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • a method for forming the photosensitive resin layer for example, a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, a solvent and the like is prepared, and the photosensitive resin composition is applied to the surface of a temporary support or the like to make the photosensitive resin layer photosensitive. Examples thereof include a method of forming by drying a coating film of a sex resin composition.
  • Examples of the photosensitive resin composition used for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a composition containing the above-mentioned optional components and a solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the binder polymer, the polymerizable compound and the above optional components can be dissolved or dispersed, and known solvents can be used.
  • the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (methanol, ethanol, etc.), a ketone solvent (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (toluene, etc.), and an aprotonic polar solvent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to contain at least one of them.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and at least three cyclic ether solvents is more preferable.
  • alkylene glycol ether solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. ..
  • alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent examples include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
  • the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may contain one type of solvent alone, or may contain two or more types of solvent.
  • the content of the solvent when the photosensitive resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. The part is more preferable.
  • the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • a photosensitive resin composition is prepared by preparing a solution in which each component is dissolved in the above solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solution in a predetermined ratio. There is a method of preparing.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and the photosensitive resin composition may be applied by a known method. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and inkjet coating. Further, the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a cover film described later and drying it.
  • the photosensitive transfer member may include a thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer member preferably includes a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer member improves the followability to the substrate in the bonding process with the substrate, and the substrate and the photosensitive transfer member This is because the mixing of air bubbles between the layers is suppressed and the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, a temporary support) is improved.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
  • alkali-soluble means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
  • alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin.
  • examples thereof include polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines and polyalkylene glycols.
  • an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
  • the acrylic resin was selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one structural unit.
  • the acrylic resin the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass.
  • the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
  • an alkali-soluble resin which is a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP2010-237589.
  • Acrylic resin can be mentioned.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 12 by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. More preferably, it is by mass% to 30% by mass.
  • an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group.
  • the reactive group may be any addition-polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group; a polycondensable group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group; a polyadditive reactive group such as an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group may be used. Can be mentioned.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind of alkali-soluble resin alone or two or more kinds.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the adjacent layer. Is more preferable, 40% by mass to 80% by mass is further preferable, and 50% by mass to 70% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains a dye (also simply referred to as "dye B") having a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical. It is preferable to do so.
  • the preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N except for the points described later.
  • the dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed areas. .. From the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and unexposed areas, the thermoplastic layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes depending on the acid as the dye B and a compound that generates an acid by light, which will be described later. It is preferable to contain it.
  • the dye B may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass to 6% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part. More preferably, 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the dye B means the content of the dye when all the dyes B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer are in a colored state.
  • a method for quantifying the content of dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example.
  • a solution prepared by dissolving 0.001 g and 0.01 g of the dye in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone is prepared.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan Ltd.) is added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state.
  • the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
  • UV3100 UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
  • the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that 0.1 g of the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound (also simply referred to as “compound C”) that generates an acid, a base or a radical by light.
  • a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by receiving active rays such as ultraviolet rays and visible rays is preferable.
  • a known photoacid generator, photobase generator, and photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical generator) can be used. Of these, a photoacid generator is preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution.
  • the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same except for the points described below.
  • the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound and an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and preferably contains sensitivity, resolution and resolution. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound. Further, as the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator having the following structure is also preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical polymerization initiator).
  • photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the photosensitive resin layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator.
  • the photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a known photobase generator, and for example, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoyl hydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,2).
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain the compound C alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of compound C is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and unexposed areas. More preferably, it is by mass% to 5% by mass.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability.
  • the plasticizer preferably has a smaller molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the case of an oligomer or polymer) than the alkali-soluble resin.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer (weight average molecular weight (Mw)) is preferably 200 to 2,000.
  • the plasticizer is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity, but from the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer preferably has an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and is a polyalkylene glycol. Compounds are more preferred.
  • the alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer more preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
  • the plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer include the (meth) acrylate compound described as the polymerizable compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer described above.
  • both the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth) acrylate compound. .. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, respectively, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer
  • the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is a polyfunctional compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound is preferred.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound is also preferable.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of plasticizer alone, or may contain two or more types of plasticizer.
  • the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass and 10% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers and developability. By mass% is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
  • the surfactant include surfactants that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is the same.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a sensitizer that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of sensitizer alone or two or more types.
  • the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and the visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, 0.01 mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the range of% to 5% by mass is preferable, and the range of 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives, if necessary. Further, the thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the layer thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to adjacent layers.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability and resolution, 20 ⁇ m or less is preferable, 10 ⁇ m or less is more preferable, and 5 ⁇ m or less is further preferable.
  • the method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
  • a method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer for example, a thermoplastic resin composition containing the above components and a solvent is prepared, and the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of a temporary support or the like to form the thermoplastic resin composition. Examples thereof include a method of forming by drying a coating film of an object.
  • the thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
  • the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer can be dissolved or dispersed.
  • Examples of the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
  • the content of the solvent when the thermoplastic resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. More preferred.
  • thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer described above.
  • a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in the above solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer is formed by applying the obtained thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer and the intermediate layer on the cover film described later, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the photosensitive transfer member preferably has an intermediate layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application.
  • water-soluble means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
  • the intermediate layer examples include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724.
  • the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and the productivity is improved, which is preferable.
  • the oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from the known layers described in the above publications and the like. Of these, an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.) is preferable.
  • the intermediate layer preferably contains a resin.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their common weights. Examples include resins such as coalescence.
  • a water-soluble resin is preferable.
  • the resin contained in the intermediate layer contains the polymer A contained in the photosensitive resin layer and the thermoplastic resin (alkali soluble) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of the components between the plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from any of the resins).
  • the intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and contains both polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. It is more preferable to contain it.
  • the intermediate layer may contain the above resin alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin in the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is based on the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing the mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass.
  • the intermediate layer may contain an additive such as a surfactant, if necessary.
  • the layer thickness of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, the oxygen blocking property is not lowered, the mixing of the components at the time of applying the plurality of layers and at the time of storage after application can be suppressed, and the intermediate layer at the time of development is intermediate. This is because an increase in layer removal time can be suppressed.
  • the method for forming the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and for example, an intermediate layer composition containing the above resin and any additive is prepared and applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer to form the intermediate layer composition.
  • examples thereof include a method of forming an intermediate layer by drying a coating film of an object.
  • the intermediate layer composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the intermediate layer composition and facilitate the formation of the intermediate layer.
  • the solvent contained in the intermediate layer composition is not particularly limited as long as the above resin can be dissolved or dispersed, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, and water or water or water is preferable.
  • a mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
  • the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
  • the photosensitive transfer member preferably includes a cover film that is in contact with a surface of the photosensitive resin layer that does not face the temporary support.
  • a cover film that is in contact with a surface of the photosensitive resin layer that does not face the temporary support.
  • first surface the surface of the photosensitive resin layer facing the temporary support
  • second surface the surface opposite to the first surface
  • Examples of the material constituting the cover film include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
  • Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Of these, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
  • the thickness (layer thickness) of the cover film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 10 to 50 ⁇ m. Further, the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the cover film in contact with the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the surface of the cover film”) is preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. 1 ⁇ m or less is more preferable, and 0.05 ⁇ m or less is further preferable. It is considered that when the Ra value on the surface of the cover film is within the above range, the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern is improved.
  • the lower limit of the Ra value on the surface of the cover film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m or more.
  • the Ra value on the surface of the cover film is measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo), the surface of the cover film is measured under the following conditions to obtain a surface profile of the optical film. As the measurement / analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver 8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed with the above analysis software, and histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness is calculated to obtain the Ra value of the surface of the cover film. When the cover film is attached to the photosensitive transfer member, the cover film may be peeled off from the photosensitive transfer member, and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side may be measured.
  • the photosensitive transfer member may include a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”).
  • Other layers include, for example, a contrast enhancement layer.
  • the contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of WO 2018/179640. Further, other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the total thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer member excluding the temporary support and the cover film is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and 8 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less. Further, the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, the intermediate layer and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer member is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the method for producing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known production method, for example, a known method for forming each layer can be used.
  • a method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure is not limited to the one having the configuration shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure.
  • the photosensitive transfer member 100 shown in FIG. 2 has a structure in which a temporary support 10, a thermoplastic resin layer 12, an intermediate layer 14, a photosensitive resin layer 16, and a cover film 18 are laminated in this order.
  • the thermoplastic resin layer is formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support 10 and then drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition.
  • a step of forming the intermediate layer 12 a step of applying the intermediate layer composition to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 12, and then drying the coating film of the intermediate layer composition to form the intermediate layer 14, and a step of forming the intermediate layer 14 on the surface of the intermediate layer 14.
  • a method including a step of applying a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer and a polymerizable compound and then drying a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin layer 16 can be mentioned.
  • thermoplastic resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a water- and water-mixable organic solvent.
  • a photosensitive resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an intermediate layer composition containing at least one of the above, a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to use and.
  • thermoplastic resin layer 12 the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 12 during the application of the intermediate layer composition to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 12 and / or the storage period of the laminate having the coating film of the intermediate layer composition.
  • a laminate having a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 14 and / or a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition which can suppress mixing with the components contained in the intermediate layer 14.
  • mixing of the component contained in the intermediate layer 14 and the component contained in the photosensitive resin layer 16 can be suppressed.
  • the photosensitive transfer member 100 is manufactured by pressing the cover film 18 against the photosensitive resin layer 16 of the laminate manufactured by the above manufacturing method.
  • the method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a step of providing a cover film 18 so as to be in contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer 16, so that the temporary support 10, the thermoplastic resin layer 12, and the thermoplastic resin layer 12 are provided. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer member 100 including the intermediate layer 14, the photosensitive resin layer 16, and the cover film 18.
  • the photosensitive transfer member 100 in the form of a roll may be manufactured and stored by winding the photosensitive transfer member 100.
  • the roll-type photosensitive transfer member can be provided as it is in the process of bonding with the substrate in the roll-to-roll method described later.
  • the circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a circuit wiring manufacturing method including the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side where the resin pattern is formed, and the resin pattern manufactured by the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is in this order.
  • a method including a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged (hereinafter, also referred to as an “etching step”) is preferable in the laminated body laminated in (1), and the above-mentioned bonding step and the above-mentioned exposure step.
  • a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern are laminated in this order. It is preferable to include a step (etching step) of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body. “Etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged” specifically means that the conductive layer is etched and a part of the conductive layer on which the resin pattern is not arranged is removed. Means to do.
  • the resin pattern formed from the photosensitive resin layer is used as an etching resist, and the conductive layer is etched.
  • a method of etching treatment a known method can be applied, and for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP2017-120435A and the method described in paragraphs 0048 to 0054 of JP2010-152155A. Examples thereof include a wet etching method in which the material is immersed in an etching solution, and a dry etching method such as plasma etching.
  • an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
  • the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid and phosphoric acid, an acidic component, ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride and Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from potassium permanganate.
  • the acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
  • an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component and a salt. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with (potassium permanganate, etc.).
  • the alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
  • the removing step is not particularly limited and can be performed as needed, but it is preferably performed after the etching step.
  • the method for removing the remaining resin pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable.
  • a method for removing the photosensitive resin layer a substrate having a residual resin pattern is placed in a stirring liquid having a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute. A method of immersing for 30 minutes can be mentioned.
  • the removing liquid examples include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof.
  • examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide.
  • examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
  • the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
  • the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include an arbitrary step (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps. Further, examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696.
  • the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers of the substrate.
  • the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment.
  • the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be reduced by oxidizing copper to copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
  • the treatment for lowering the visible light reflectance is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of JP-A-2013-206315. , The contents of these publications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
  • a second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed.
  • the step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film.
  • an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
  • the step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
  • circuit wiring As a method for manufacturing circuit wiring, it is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and to form circuits sequentially or simultaneously on the conductive layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate. With such a configuration, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
  • the circuit wiring manufactured by the method of manufacturing the circuit wiring can be applied to various devices.
  • Examples of the device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the above manufacturing method include an input device, a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable.
  • the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
  • the touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a circuit wiring manufacturing method including the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side where the resin pattern is formed, and the resin patterns manufactured by using the photosensitive transfer member are laminated in this order.
  • a method including a step of forming wiring for a touch panel by etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body is preferable, and the bonding step, the exposure step, and the above It is more preferable to use a resin pattern produced by a production method including a development step.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 An example of a mask pattern used in manufacturing a touch panel is shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • SL and G are non-image parts (light-shielding parts)
  • DL is a virtual representation of the alignment alignment frame.
  • a touch panel in which a circuit wiring having a pattern A corresponding to SL and G is formed is manufactured. can. Specifically, it can be produced by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405.
  • G is a portion where a transparent electrode (touch panel electrode) is formed
  • SL is a portion where wiring of a peripheral take-out portion is formed.
  • a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured.
  • the touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
  • Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistive film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method. Above all, the capacitance method is preferable.
  • the touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, those shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125).
  • in-cell type for example, those shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501
  • on-cell type for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125.
  • OGS One Glass Solution
  • TOR Touch-on-Lens
  • the photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure is a photosensitive transfer member having a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer, and the position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate on the substrate by the photosensitive transfer member.
  • the resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 ⁇ m is formed in the above, the pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A is 6.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the preferred embodiment of the photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the photosensitive transfer member used in the above-described method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, except as described later.
  • the photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure has a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A when a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 ⁇ m at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate is formed on the substrate.
  • the pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate is preferably 6.2 ⁇ m or more and 9.0 ⁇ m or less, and 6.2 ⁇ m or more and 8.4 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferable that the thickness is 6.3 ⁇ m or more and 8.0 ⁇ m or less, and 6.4 ⁇ m or more and 8.0 ⁇ m or less is particularly preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin layer A PET film having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was prepared as a temporary support.
  • the following thermoplastic resin composition was applied to the surface of the temporary support using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width was 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying was 4.0 ⁇ m.
  • the formed coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition was dried at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a thermoplastic resin layer.
  • thermoplastic resin composition >> The following components were mixed to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
  • ⁇ Copolymer of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid and acrylic acid solid content concentration 30.0%, Mw 30,000, acid value 153 mgKOH / g): 42.85 parts
  • ⁇ NK ester A-DCP tricyclodecanedimethanoldi) Acrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 4.63 parts, 8UX-015A (polyfunctional urethane acrylate compound, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 2.31 parts, Aronix TO-2349 (many with carboxy group) Functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd .): 0.77 parts-Compound having the structure shown below (photoacid generator, compound synthesized according to the method described in paragraph 0227 of JP2013-47765A): 0.32 copies
  • ⁇ E-1 (Megafuck F552 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)): 0.03 parts ⁇ MEK (methyl ethyl ketone, manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.): 39.50 parts ⁇ PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Showa Denko) Made by Co., Ltd.): 9.51 copies
  • intermediate layer composition was applied to the surface of the formed thermoplastic resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width was 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying was 1.2 ⁇ m.
  • the coating film of the intermediate layer composition was dried at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form an intermediate layer.
  • Intermediate layer composition >> The following components were mixed to prepare an intermediate layer composition.
  • -Ion exchanged water 38.12 parts-Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts-Clarepovar PVA-205 (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts-Polyvinylpyrrolidone K -30 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 1.49 parts, Megafuck F-444 (fluorine-based nonionic surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.0015 parts
  • compositions of the photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-7 and AH-1 to AH-3 used are shown in Table 2 below.
  • Mm / Mb in Table 2 represents the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer, and “content of the acrylic compound” is the value of photosensitive. It represents the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the sex resin layer, and the unit is mass%.
  • BPE-500 Ethoxylation (10 molar equivalents) Bisphenol A dimethacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • BPE-200 Ethoxylation (4 molar equivalents) Bisphenol A dimethacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • A-TMPT Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • SR-454 Trimethylol ethoxylated propantriacrylate (manufactured by Arkema)
  • SR-502 Ethoxylation (9 molar equivalents) Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Arkema)
  • A-9300-CL1
  • a PET film manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror 16QS62, arithmetic average roughness (Ra value) 0.02 ⁇ m
  • the obtained photosensitive transfer member was wound up to prepare a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer member.
  • the cover films of the photosensitive transfer members F-1 to F-9, FH-1 and FH-2 produced above are peeled off, the peeled surface of the photosensitive transfer member is brought into contact with the copper substrate, and copper is applied to the PET film.
  • a laminated body was obtained by laminating under the following laminating conditions on a copper substrate on which a copper layer having a thickness of 200 ⁇ m was formed by sputtering. -Laminating conditions- Copper substrate temperature: 40 ° C Rubber roller temperature: 110 ° C Linear pressure: 3N / cm Transport speed: 2 m / min
  • an exposure mask having an exposure pattern of line & space 6 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m is brought into close contact with a temporary support on the side where the photosensitive transfer member of the laminate is laminated, and the proximity with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp is passed through the exposure mask.
  • a mold exposure machine manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.
  • exposure was performed at an exposure amount such that the width of the height at 90% of the maximum height of the resist pattern was 6 ⁇ m.
  • the temporary support was peeled off from the exposed laminate and developed with a 1.0% aqueous sodium carbonate solution at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds.
  • a washing treatment was performed at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds using pure water.
  • air was blown onto the surface to remove water, and a substrate having a resin pattern was produced.
  • a shower-type developing machine was used for the developing treatment and the cleaning treatment, and the spray pressure was 0.08 MPa.
  • a copper layer was shower-etched on a substrate having a resin pattern for 60 seconds using a copper etching solution (Cu-02 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. Then, the resin pattern was removed by shower peeling for 2 minutes using a stripping solution at 60 ° C. (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) to prepare a circuit wiring A.
  • a copper etching solution Cu-02 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • LWR Line Width Roughness
  • Example 12 At the time of the above development, the development conditions at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 1.0% sodium carbonate aqueous solution were changed to the development conditions at 30 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 1.2% potassium carbonate aqueous solution. , A substrate having a resin pattern and circuit wiring A were produced in the same manner as in Example 5. Moreover, the evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 5.
  • the resin pattern manufacturing methods and photosensitive transfer members of Examples 1 to 12 can obtain wiring and the like as compared with the resin pattern manufacturing methods and photosensitive transfer members of Comparative Examples 1 to 3. Excellent resolution of etching pattern. Further, as shown in Table 3 above, the resin pattern manufacturing methods and the photosensitive transfer members of Examples 1 to 12 are also excellent in the linearity of the obtained etching pattern.

Abstract

Provided are: a resin pattern manufacturing method for forming a resin pattern on a substrate using a photosensitive transfer member having a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer, wherein the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is at least 0.2 μm larger than the pattern width at the position where the height is 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern; a circuit wiring manufacturing method; a touch panel manufacturing method; and a photosensitive transfer member comprising a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer, wherein when a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 μm at the position where the height is 90% of the maximum height is formed on a substrate, the pattern width of the resin pattern A at the portion in contact with the substrate is at least 6.2 μm, in the cross section of the resin pattern A in the width direction.

Description

樹脂パターンの製造方法、回路配線の製造方法、タッチパネルの製造方法、及び、感光性転写部材Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member
 本開示は、樹脂パターンの製造方法、回路配線の製造方法、タッチパネルの製造方法、及び、感光性転写部材に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a resin pattern manufacturing method, a circuit wiring manufacturing method, a touch panel manufacturing method, and a photosensitive transfer member.
 静電容量型入力装置などのタッチパネルを備えた表示装置(有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置及び液晶表示装置など)では、視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン、周辺配線部分及び取り出し配線部分の配線などの導電層パターンがタッチパネル内部に設けられている。
 一般的にパターン化した層の形成には、必要とするパターン形状を得るための工程数が少ないといったことから、感光性転写部材を用いて任意の基板上に設けた感光性樹脂組成物の層に対して、所望のパターンを有するマスクを介して露光した後に現像する方法が広く使用されている。
In display devices equipped with a touch panel such as a capacitance type input device (organic electroluminescence (EL) display device, liquid crystal display device, etc.), the electrode pattern corresponding to the sensor of the visual recognition part, the peripheral wiring part, and the wiring of the take-out wiring part are wired. A conductive layer pattern such as is provided inside the touch panel.
Generally, in forming a patterned layer, the number of steps for obtaining a required pattern shape is small, so that a layer of a photosensitive resin composition provided on an arbitrary substrate using a photosensitive transfer member is used. On the other hand, a method of developing after exposure through a mask having a desired pattern is widely used.
 また、従来の感光性樹脂組成物としては、特開2014-209173号公報又は特開2011-209426号公報に記載されたものが知られている。
 特開2014-209173号公報には、(A)酸変性感光性エポキシ樹脂、及び、(B)スチレン骨格を有し、重量平均分子量が10000~50000である非感光性カルボン酸樹脂、を含むことを特徴とする感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。
Further, as a conventional photosensitive resin composition, those described in JP-A-2014-209173 or JP-A-2011-209426 are known.
Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-209173 includes (A) an acid-modified photosensitive epoxy resin and (B) a non-photosensitive carboxylic acid resin having a styrene skeleton and a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 50,000. A photosensitive resin composition characterized by the above is described.
 特開2011-209426号公報には、アルカリ溶解性樹脂と、キノンジアジド構造を有する化合物と、ピロール構造、イソオキサゾール構造、チアゾール構造、イソチアゾール構造、ピリジン構造、インドール構造、キノリン構造、及びイソキノリン構造からなる群より選ばれた少なくともいずれか1つの構造を有する含窒素複素環化合物と、を含有することを特徴とする感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-209426 describes an alkali-soluble resin, a compound having a quinonediazide structure, a pyrrole structure, an isoxazole structure, a thiazole structure, an isothiazole structure, a pyridine structure, an indole structure, a quinoline structure, and an isoquinoline structure. A photosensitive resin composition comprising a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having at least one structure selected from the above group is described.
 本発明の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、解像性に優れる樹脂パターンの製造方法を提供することである。
 また、本発明の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、解像性に優れる回路配線の製造方法、及び、タッチパネルの製造方法を提供することである。
 更に、本発明の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、解像性に優れる感光性転写部材を提供することである。
An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a resin pattern having excellent resolution.
Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring having excellent resolution and a method for manufacturing a touch panel.
Further, an object to be solved by another embodiment of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive transfer member having excellent resolution.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法であって、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が、0.2μm以上大きい樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<2> 上記感光性樹脂層の厚さが、8μm以下である<1>に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<3> 上記仮支持体の厚さが、25μm以下である<1>又は<2>に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<4> 上記樹脂パターンの前記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅から上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅を引いた値が、0.2μm以上2.4μm以下である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<5> 上記感光性樹脂層が、重合性化合物、及び、バインダーポリマーを含む<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<6> 上記感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物の含有量Mmとバインダーポリマーの含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値が、0.9以下である<5>に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<7> 上記感光性樹脂層における上記重合性化合物が、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含み、上記感光性樹脂層に含まれる上記(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量が、60質量%以下である<5>又は<6>に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<8> 製造される樹脂パターンが、パターン幅が6μm以下の樹脂パターンを含む<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
<9> 上記基板が、上記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された上記基板上に上記樹脂パターンを有する積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程を含む、回路配線の製造方法。
<10> 上記基板が、上記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された上記基板上に上記樹脂パターンを有する積層体において、上記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある上記導電層をエッチング処理してタッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含む、タッチパネルの製造方法。
<11> 仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材であって、上記感光性転写部材により、基板上に上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅が6μmとなる樹脂パターンAを形成した場合に、上記樹脂パターンAの幅方向の断面において、上記基板に接する部分における上記樹脂パターンAのパターン幅が、6.2μm以上である感光性転写部材。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer, wherein the resin pattern has a maximum height of 90 from the substrate. A method for producing a resin pattern in which the pattern width of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more larger than the pattern width at the% position.
<2> The method for producing a resin pattern according to <1>, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 8 μm or less.
<3> The method for producing a resin pattern according to <1> or <2>, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 25 μm or less.
<4> The value obtained by subtracting the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more and 2.4 μm or less <1>. The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of <3>.
<5> The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerizable compound and a binder polymer.
<6> The method for producing a resin pattern according to <5>, wherein the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer is 0.9 or less. ..
<7> The polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound, and the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer is 60 mass by mass. The method for producing a resin pattern according to <5> or <6>, which is less than or equal to%.
<8> The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin pattern to be produced includes a resin pattern having a pattern width of 6 μm or less.
<9> The substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed, and is manufactured by the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to any one of <1> to <8>. A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, which comprises a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged in a laminate having the resin pattern on a substrate to form a circuit wiring.
<10> The substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed, and is manufactured by the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to any one of <1> to <8>. A method for manufacturing a touch panel, which comprises a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged in a laminate having the resin pattern on a substrate to form wiring for a touch panel.
<11> A photosensitive transfer member having a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer, and the photosensitive transfer member makes a pattern width of 6 μm on a substrate at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate. A photosensitive transfer member having a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6.2 μm or more in a portion in contact with the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A.
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、解像性に優れる樹脂パターンの製造方法を提供することができる。
 また、本発明の他の実施形態によれば、解像性に優れる回路配線の製造方法、及び、タッチパネルの製造方法を提供することができる。
 更に、本発明の他の実施形態によれば、解像性に優れる感光性転写部材を提供することができる。
According to one embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a resin pattern having excellent resolution.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring having excellent resolution and a method for manufacturing a touch panel.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive transfer member having excellent resolution.
図1は、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法において形成される樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a resin pattern formed in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure in the width direction. 図2は、本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の層構成の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the layer structure of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure. 図3は、パターンAを示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing the pattern A. 図4は、パターンBを示す概略図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic view showing the pattern B.
 以下、本開示の内容について説明する。なお、添付の図面を参照しながら説明するが、符号は省略する場合がある。
 また、本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 また、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 更に、本明細書において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も含む。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線(活性エネルギー線)が挙げられる。
 また、本明細書における化学構造式は、水素原子を省略した簡略構造式で記載する場合もある。
 本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 また、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶剤THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described below. Although the description will be given with reference to the attached drawings, the reference numerals may be omitted.
In addition, the numerical range represented by using "-" in the present specification means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
Further, in the present specification, "(meth) acrylic" represents both acrylic and methacrylic, or either, and "(meth) acrylate" represents both acrylate and methacrylate, or either.
Further, in the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition is the sum of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified, when a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. Means quantity.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" as used herein includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as an electron beam and an ion beam. In addition, as the light used for exposure, generally, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active rays such as electron beams (active energy rays) are used. Can be mentioned.
Further, the chemical structural formula in the present specification may be described by a simplified structural formula in which a hydrogen atom is omitted.
In the present disclosure, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
Further, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
Unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure use columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.). It is a molecular weight converted by detecting with a solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and a differential refractometer by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and using polystyrene as a standard substance.
[樹脂パターンの製造方法]
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法であって、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が、0.2μm以上大きい。
[Manufacturing method of resin pattern]
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern that forms a resin pattern on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer, and the width of the resin pattern. In the cross section in the direction, the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more larger than the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate.
 感光性樹脂組成物の高精細化のため、膜厚の薄膜化が検討されている。
 薄膜レジストの場合、従来の厚膜レジストと同じ条件で現像、エッチングなどの処理を行うと過剰に現像、エッチングされるため好ましい形態を得られない可能性がある(アンダーカットや剥離、凸凹形状など)。
 特にエッチングが過剰であると、レジストの下部深くまでエッチングが進行したり(いわゆる、サイドエッチング)、レジスト層そのものへのダメージが生じ、配線が消失するなどが起こり、樹脂パターンの微細化が困難であるという問題があった。
 一方で、一般的にはレジストは、エッチングの直線性及び直線形状の均一化のため矩形の形状であることが求められており、更にエッチング時間を長くするなどして良い直線性を得るように設計している。
 しかしながら、上述したようにレジストを薄膜化した場合には、長いエッチング時間で処理することは難しくなる。
In order to increase the definition of the photosensitive resin composition, a thin film thickness is being studied.
In the case of a thin film resist, if processing such as development and etching is performed under the same conditions as a conventional thick film resist, it may not be possible to obtain a preferable form because it is excessively developed and etched (undercut, peeling, uneven shape, etc.). ).
In particular, if the etching is excessive, the etching proceeds deep into the lower part of the resist (so-called side etching), the resist layer itself is damaged, the wiring disappears, etc., and it is difficult to miniaturize the resin pattern. There was a problem.
On the other hand, in general, the resist is required to have a rectangular shape in order to make the etching linearity and the linear shape uniform, and to obtain good linearity by further lengthening the etching time. I am designing.
However, when the resist is thinned as described above, it becomes difficult to process it with a long etching time.
 従来のパターンの断面形状を形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法では、解像性が十分でないことを、本発明者は見出した。
 本発明者は鋭意検討を重ねた結果、上記構成の樹脂パターンの製造方法とすることにより、解像性に優れることを見出した。
 詳細な上記効果の発現機構は不明であるが、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が、0.2μm以上大きいことにより、上記樹脂パターンを使用したエッチング時において、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分の幅が大きいため、サイドエッチングの進行を遅くすることができ、幅の小さなエッチングパターンであってもパターン細り及び断線等のエッチング欠陥の発生を抑制でき、得られるエッチングパターンの解像性(単に「解像性」ともいう。)に優れると推定している。
The present inventor has found that the conventional method for producing a resin pattern that forms a cross-sectional shape of a pattern does not have sufficient resolution.
As a result of diligent studies, the present inventor has found that the resin pattern having the above structure is excellent in resolvability.
Although the detailed mechanism for exhibiting the above effect is unknown, the substrate of the resin pattern is larger than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in the width direction of the resin pattern. Since the pattern width in the portion in contact with the resin pattern is 0.2 μm or more, the width of the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is large during etching using the resin pattern, which may slow down the progress of side etching. It is presumed that even if the etching pattern has a small width, the occurrence of etching defects such as pattern thinning and disconnection can be suppressed, and the resolution of the obtained etching pattern (also simply referred to as "resolution") is excellent. There is.
 また、通常、エッチング不良を防ぐために、エッチングレジストは残渣及びすそ引きの無い矩形の形状であることが求められる。
 一方、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、現像後のレジスト形状を敢えて、スソをひくような形状に設計することでエッチング速度を遅くし、過剰なエッチングを防ぐ設計を行うものである。
 すなわち、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、従来のネガレジストの設計とは逆の技術思想を有する発明である。
Further, usually, in order to prevent etching defects, the etching resist is required to have a rectangular shape without residues and skirts.
On the other hand, the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is designed to slow down the etching rate and prevent excessive etching by intentionally designing the resist shape after development into a shape that draws threads.
That is, the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is an invention having a technical idea opposite to that of the conventional negative resist design.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法である。
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の好ましい態様は、後述する。
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法に用いられる感光性転写部材は、ネガ型感光性転写部材であることが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、エッチングレジストとして好適に用いることができる。
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer.
Preferred embodiments of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure will be described later.
The photosensitive transfer member used in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is preferably a negative type photosensitive transfer member.
Further, the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as an etching resist.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が、0.2μm以上大きい。0.2μm以上大きいと、エッチング時のサイドエッジの進行を遅らせることができ、解像性に優れる。
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの前記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅から上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅を引いた値(上記樹脂パターンの前記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅-上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅の値)は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、0.2μm以上3.0μm以下であることが好ましく、0.2μm以上2.4μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.3μm以上2.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、0.4μm以上2.0μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is in contact with the substrate of the resin pattern rather than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern. The pattern width in the portion is larger than 0.2 μm. When it is larger than 0.2 μm, the progress of the side edge at the time of etching can be delayed, and the resolution is excellent.
Further, the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern at a position 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the pattern width at a portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern. The value obtained by subtracting the width (the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate-the value of the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern) is 0 from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is preferably 2 μm or more and 3.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.2 μm or more and 2.4 μm or less, further preferably 0.3 μm or more and 2.0 μm or less, and 0.4 μm or more and 2.0 μm. The following is particularly preferable.
 本開示における上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面における上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの上記基板からの90%の位置におけるパターン幅、及び、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅の測定方法としては、樹脂パターンを有する基板を上記樹脂パターンの幅方向に切断し、切断した上記樹脂パターン及び基板を、走査型電子顕微鏡により切断面側から観察し、各パターン幅を測定する。なお、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅、及び、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅は、10箇所の測定値の平均値をとるものとする。 As a method for measuring the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern in the present disclosure and the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate. Cuts a substrate having a resin pattern in the width direction of the resin pattern, observes the cut resin pattern and the substrate from the cut surface side with a scanning electron microscope, and measures each pattern width. The pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern and the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate shall be the average value of the measured values at 10 points.
 本開示において、「樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面」とは、上記基板の幅方向及び厚さ方向に平行な面での断面であり、例えば、ラインアンドスペースである樹脂パターンのライン方向に対し垂直な面での断面である。
 また、本開示において、「上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さのX%の位置」とは、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面における上記基板から上記樹脂パターンの最大高さのX%の高さの位置を表す。
 更に、本開示において、上記樹脂パターンは、未硬化の上記感光性樹脂層よりも硬度が高いことが好ましい。
In the present disclosure, the "cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern" is a cross section in a plane parallel to the width direction and the thickness direction of the substrate, and is, for example, perpendicular to the line direction of the resin pattern which is line and space. It is a cross section in a plane.
Further, in the present disclosure, "the position of X% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction" means the maximum of the resin pattern from the substrate in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction. Represents a position at a height of X% of the height.
Further, in the present disclosure, the resin pattern preferably has a higher hardness than the uncured photosensitive resin layer.
 図1は、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法において形成される樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面模式図である。
 図1に示す基板2上の樹脂パターン4は、基板2と接する部分近傍において、裾引き部分4aを樹脂パターン4の両側に有している。また、図1において、樹脂パターン4の基板2からの最大高さの90%の高さがH90であり、樹脂パターン4の最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅がL1であり、樹脂パターン4の基板2に接する部分におけるパターン幅がL2である。
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a resin pattern formed in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure in the width direction.
The resin pattern 4 on the substrate 2 shown in FIG. 1 has tailing portions 4a on both sides of the resin pattern 4 in the vicinity of the portion in contact with the substrate 2. Further, in FIG. 1, 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern 4 from the substrate 2 is H90, and the pattern width at 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern 4 is L1. The pattern width at the portion of 4 in contact with the substrate 2 is L2.
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、基板上に上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅が6μmとなる樹脂パターンAを形成した場合に、上記樹脂パターンAの幅方向の断面において、上記基板に接する部分における上記樹脂パターンAのパターン幅は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、6.2μm以上であることが好ましく、6.2μm以上9.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、6.2μm以上8.4μm以下であることが更に好ましく、6.3μm以上8.0μm以下であることが特に好ましく、6.4μm以上8.0μm以下であることが最も好ましい。 Further, in the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, when a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 μm at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate is formed on the substrate, the width of the resin pattern A is formed. In the cross section in the direction, the pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate is preferably 6.2 μm or more, and is 6.2 μm or more and 9.0 μm or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. More preferably, it is more preferably 6.2 μm or more and 8.4 μm or less, particularly preferably 6.3 μm or more and 8.0 μm or less, and most preferably 6.4 μm or more and 8.0 μm or less.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記樹脂パターンの全てが、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が0.2μm以上大きい樹脂パターンでなくともよく、上記基板の面方向に垂直な方向から観察した上記感光性転写部材により製造する樹脂パターンのうち、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも上記樹脂パターンの上記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が0.2μm以上大きい樹脂パターンの割合が、50面積%以上であることが好ましく、80面積%以上であることがより好ましく、90面積%以上であることが特に好ましい。 In the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, all of the resin patterns are in contact with the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern, rather than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate. The pattern width does not have to be larger than 0.2 μm, and among the resin patterns produced by the photosensitive transfer member observed from the direction perpendicular to the surface direction of the substrate, in the cross section of the resin pattern in the width direction. The proportion of the resin pattern in which the pattern width in the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more larger than the pattern width at the position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern is 50 area% or more. It is more preferably 80 area% or more, and particularly preferably 90 area% or more.
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅-上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの50%の位置におけるパターン幅の値は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、-0.5μm以上1.0μm以下であることが好ましく、-0.2μm以上0.5μm以下であることがより好ましく、-0.2μm以上0.2μm以下であることが更に好ましく、-0.1μm以上0.1μm以下であることが特に好ましい。 Further, the method for manufacturing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern-50% of the maximum height of the resin pattern. From the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, the value of the pattern width at the position is preferably −0.5 μm or more and 1.0 μm or less, more preferably −0.2 μm or more and 0.5 μm or less, and −. It is more preferably 0.2 μm or more and 0.2 μm or less, and particularly preferably −0.1 μm or more and 0.1 μm or less.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、解像性及び直線性の観点から、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの5%~40%の位置から上記基板に向かって徐々にパターン幅が長くなる樹脂パターンであることがより好ましく、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの10%~30%の位置から上記基板に向かって徐々にパターン幅が長くなる樹脂パターンであることがより好ましく、上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの15%~25%の位置から上記基板に向かって徐々にパターン幅が長くなる樹脂パターンであることが特に好ましい。 The resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is 5% to 40% of the maximum height of the resin pattern in the widthwise cross section of the resin pattern from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferable that the pattern width gradually increases from the position of 1 toward the substrate, and the pattern width gradually increases from the position of 10% to 30% of the maximum height of the resin pattern toward the substrate. A resin pattern that becomes longer is more preferable, and a resin pattern in which the pattern width gradually increases from a position of 15% to 25% of the maximum height of the resin pattern toward the substrate is particularly preferable.
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅-上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの5%の位置におけるパターン幅の値は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、0.1μm以上2.5μm以下であることが好ましく、0.1μm以上2.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、0.15μm以上1.8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、0.2μm以上1.5μm以下であることが特に好ましい。 Further, the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate in a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern-from the substrate of the resin pattern. The value of the pattern width at the position of 5% of the maximum height is preferably 0.1 μm or more and 2.5 μm or less, and 0.1 μm or more and 2.0 μm or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.15 μm or more and 1.8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 μm or more and 1.5 μm or less.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、パターン幅が10μm以下の樹脂パターンを含むことが好ましく、パターン幅が8μm以下の樹脂パターンを含むことがより好ましく、パターン幅が6μm以下の樹脂パターンを含むことが更に好ましく、パターン幅が1μm以上6μm以下の樹脂パターンを含むことが特に好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有することが好ましい。
 更に、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、配線形成用エッチングレジストパターンであることが好ましく、回路配線用エッチングレジストパターンであることがより好ましく、幅が6μm以下の配線を含む回路配線用エッチングレジストパターンであることが特に好ましい。
The resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin pattern having a pattern width of 10 μm or less, and a resin pattern having a pattern width of 8 μm or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferable to include a resin pattern having a pattern width of 6 μm or less, and it is particularly preferable to include a resin pattern having a pattern width of 1 μm or more and 6 μm or less.
Further, the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure preferably has a line-and-space pattern from the viewpoint of more exerting the effect in the present disclosure.
Further, the resin pattern produced by the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is preferably an etching resist pattern for wiring formation, and is an etching resist pattern for circuit wiring, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the etching resist pattern for circuit wiring includes wiring having a width of 6 μm or less.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンの最大高さは、後述する感光性樹脂層の厚さとも関連するが、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、2μm以上8μm以下であることが特に好ましい。 The maximum height of the resin pattern produced by the method for producing the resin pattern according to the present disclosure is 20 μm or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effect in the present disclosure, although it is related to the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer described later. It is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.
 また、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンは、上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅/上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの値が下記の数値範囲となる樹脂パターンを含むことが好ましい。
 上記樹脂パターンの上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅/上記樹脂パターンの最大高さの値は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、2以下であることが好ましく、1.5以下であることがより好ましく、1以下であることが更に好ましく、0.5以上0.8以下であることが特に好ましい。
Further, in the resin pattern manufactured by the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure, the value of the pattern width / the maximum height of the resin pattern at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate is as follows. It is preferable to include a resin pattern within the numerical range of.
The value of the pattern width / the maximum height of the resin pattern at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate is preferably 2 or less from the viewpoint of more exerting the effect in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 1.5 or less, further preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less.
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法は、仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法である。
 樹脂パターンの製造方法としては、感光性転写部材と基板(好ましくは導電性を有する基板)とを、感光性樹脂層の第2面、即ち、仮支持体と対向していない側の面に基板を接触させて貼り合わせる工程(以下「貼り合わせ工程」ともいう。)と、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程(以下「露光工程」ともいう。)と、露光された感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(以下「現像工程」ともいう。)と、をこの順に含む方法が好ましい。
The method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure is a method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer.
As a method for producing a resin pattern, a photosensitive transfer member and a substrate (preferably a conductive substrate) are placed on a second surface of the photosensitive resin layer, that is, a surface on a side not facing the temporary support. (Hereinafter, also referred to as “bonding step”), a step of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “exposure step”), and developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer. A method including a step of forming a resin pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as a “development step”) in this order is preferable.
<貼り合わせ工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法は、貼り合わせ工程を含むことが好ましい。
 貼り合わせ工程においては、感光性樹脂層の第2面に基板(基板の表面に導電層が設けられている場合は導電層)を接触させ、感光性転写部材と基板とを圧着させることが好ましい。上記態様であると、感光性樹脂層の第2面と基板との密着性が向上するため、露光及び現像後のパターン形成された感光性樹脂層導電層をエッチングする際のエッチングレジストとして好適に用いることができる。
<Lasting process>
The method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a bonding step.
In the bonding step, it is preferable that the substrate (or the conductive layer when the conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate) is brought into contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer, and the photosensitive transfer member and the substrate are pressure-bonded. .. In the above aspect, since the adhesion between the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate is improved, it is suitable as an etching resist when etching the patterned photosensitive resin layer conductive layer after exposure and development. Can be used.
 なお、感光性転写部材がカバーフィルムを備える場合は、感光性樹脂層の表面からカバーフィルムを除去した後、貼り合わせればよい。
 また、貼り合わせ工程は、感光性転写部材が感光性樹脂層の仮支持体と対向していない側の表面にカバーフィルム以外の層(例えば高屈折率層及び/又は低屈折率層)を更に備える場合、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体を有していない側の表面と基板とがその層を介して貼り合わされる態様となる。
When the photosensitive transfer member includes a cover film, the cover film may be removed from the surface of the photosensitive resin layer and then bonded.
Further, in the bonding step, a layer other than the cover film (for example, a high refractive index layer and / or a low refractive index layer) is further formed on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side where the photosensitive transfer member does not face the temporary support. In this case, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side that does not have the temporary support and the substrate are bonded to each other via the layer.
 基板と感光性転写部材とを圧着する方法としては、特に制限されず、公知の転写方法、及び、ラミネート方法を用いることができる。
 感光性転写部材の基板への貼り合わせは、感光性樹脂層の第2面側に基板を重ね、ロール等の手段を用いて加圧及び加熱を施すことにより、行われることが好ましい。貼り合わせには、ラミネーター、真空ラミネーター、及び、より生産性を高めることができるオートカットラミネーター等の公知のラミネーターが使用できる。
The method of crimping the substrate and the photosensitive transfer member is not particularly limited, and a known transfer method and laminating method can be used.
The bonding of the photosensitive transfer member to the substrate is preferably performed by stacking the substrate on the second surface side of the photosensitive resin layer and applying pressure and heating by means such as a roll. For bonding, known laminators such as a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and an auto-cut laminator capable of further increasing productivity can be used.
 貼り合わせ工程を含む樹脂パターンの製造方法及び回路配線の製造方法は、ロールツーロール方式により行われることが好ましい。
 以下、ロールツーロール方式について説明する。
 ロールツーロール方式とは、基板として、巻き取り及び巻き出しが可能な基板を用い、樹脂パターンの製造方法又は回路配線の製造方法に含まれるいずれかの工程の前に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き出す工程(「巻き出し工程」ともいう。)と、いずれかの工程の後に、基板又は基板を含む構造体を巻き取る工程(「巻き取り工程」ともいう。)と、を含み、少なくともいずれかの工程(好ましくは、全ての工程、又は加熱工程以外の全ての工程)を、基板又は基板を含む構造体を搬送しながら行う方式をいう。
 巻き出し工程における巻き出し方法、及び巻き取り工程における巻取り方法としては、特に制限されず、ロールツーロール方式を適用する製造方法において、公知の方法を用いればよい。
The resin pattern manufacturing method and the circuit wiring manufacturing method including the bonding step are preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method.
Hereinafter, the roll-to-roll method will be described.
The roll-to-roll method is a structure in which a substrate that can be wound and unwound is used as the substrate, and the substrate or the substrate is included before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the circuit wiring manufacturing method. It includes a step of unwinding a body (also referred to as a “unwinding step”) and a step of winding a substrate or a structure including the substrate (also referred to as a “winding step”) after any of the steps. A method in which at least one of the steps (preferably all steps or all steps other than the heating step) is performed while transporting the substrate or the structure including the substrate.
The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not particularly limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method to which the roll-to-roll method is applied.
<基板>
 本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法に用いられる基板としては、公知の基板を用いればよいが、導電層を有する基板が好ましく、基板の表面に導電層を有することがより好ましい。
 基板は、必要に応じて導電層以外の任意の層を有してもよい。
<Board>
As the substrate used in the method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, a known substrate may be used, but a substrate having a conductive layer is preferable, and it is more preferable to have a conductive layer on the surface of the substrate.
The substrate may have any layer other than the conductive layer, if necessary.
 基板を構成する基材としては、例えば、ガラス、シリコン及びフィルムが挙げられる。
 基板を構成する基材は、透明であることが好ましい。本明細書において「透明である」とは、波長400nm~700nmの光の透過率が80%以上であることを意味する。
 また、基板を構成する基板の屈折率は、1.50~1.52であることが好ましい。
Examples of the base material constituting the substrate include glass, silicon and film.
The base material constituting the substrate is preferably transparent. As used herein, the term "transparent" means that the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm is 80% or more.
Further, the refractive index of the substrate constituting the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.
 透明なガラス基板としては、コーニング社のゴリラガラスに代表される強化ガラスが挙げられる。また、透明なガラス基板としては、特開2010-86684号公報、特開2010-152809号公報及び特開2010-257492号公報に用いられている材料を用いることができる。 Examples of the transparent glass substrate include tempered glass represented by Corning's gorilla glass. Further, as the transparent glass substrate, the materials used in JP-A-2010-86684, JP-A-2010-152809 and JP-A-2010-257492 can be used.
 基板としてフィルム基板を用いる場合は、光学的に歪みが小さく、かつ/又は、透明度が高いフィルム基板を用いることが好ましい。そのようなフィルム基板としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、トリアセチルセルロース及びシクロオレフィンポリマーが挙げられる。 When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical distortion and / or high transparency. Examples of such film substrates include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose and cycloolefin polymers.
 基板としては、ロールツーロール方式で製造する場合、フィルム基板が好ましい。また、ロールツーロール方式によりタッチパネル用の回路配線を製造する場合、基板がシート状樹脂組成物であることが好ましい。 As the substrate, a film substrate is preferable when it is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method. Further, when the circuit wiring for the touch panel is manufactured by the roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that the substrate is a sheet-like resin composition.
 基板が有する導電層としては、一般的な回路配線又はタッチパネル配線に用いられる導電層が挙げられる。
 導電層としては、導電性及び細線形成性の観点から、金属層、導電性金属酸化物層、グラフェン層、カーボンナノチューブ層及び導電ポリマー層よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の層が好ましく、金属層がより好ましく、銅層又は銀層が更に好ましい。
 基板は、導電層を1層単独で有してよく、2層以上有してもよい。2層以上の導電層を有する場合は、異なる材質の導電層を有することが好ましい。
Examples of the conductive layer included in the substrate include a conductive layer used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring.
As the conductive layer, at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer and a conductive polymer layer is preferable from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine wire forming property. A metal layer is more preferable, and a copper layer or a silver layer is further preferable.
The substrate may have one conductive layer alone, or may have two or more conductive layers. When having two or more conductive layers, it is preferable to have conductive layers made of different materials.
 導電層の材料としては、金属及び導電性金属酸化物が挙げられる。
 金属としては、Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag及びAuが挙げられる。
 導電性金属酸化物としては、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)及びSiOが挙げられる。
 なお、本明細書において「導電性」とは、体積抵抗率が1×10Ωcm未満であることをいう。導電性金属酸化物の体積抵抗率は、1×10Ωcm未満が好ましい。
Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides.
Examples of the metal include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag and Au.
Examples of the conductive metal oxide include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide) and SiO 2 .
In addition, in this specification, "conductivity" means that the volume resistivity is less than 1 × 10 6 Ωcm. The volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1 × 10 4 Ωcm.
 複数の導電層を有する基板を用いて樹脂パターンを製造する場合、複数の導電層のうち少なくとも一つの導電層は導電性金属酸化物を含有することが好ましい。
 導電層としては、静電容量型タッチパネルに用いられる視認部のセンサーに相当する電極パターン又は周辺取り出し部の配線が好ましい。
When a resin pattern is produced using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferable that at least one conductive layer among the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.
As the conductive layer, an electrode pattern corresponding to a sensor of a visual recognition portion used in a capacitive touch panel or wiring of a peripheral extraction portion is preferable.
<露光工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記貼り合わせ工程の後、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する工程(露光工程)を含むことが好ましい。
<Exposure process>
The method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a step (exposure step) of pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer after the bonding step.
 パターン露光におけるパターンの詳細な配置及び具体的サイズは特に制限されない。回路配線の製造方法により製造される回路配線を有する入力装置を備えた表示装置(例えばタッチパネル)の表示品質を高め、また、取り出し配線の占める面積が小さくなるように、パターンの少なくとも一部(好ましくはタッチパネルの電極パターン及び/又は取り出し配線の部分)は幅が20μm以下である細線を含むことが好ましく、幅が10μm以下の細線を含むことがより好ましい。 The detailed arrangement and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not particularly limited. At least a part (preferably) of the pattern so as to improve the display quality of a display device (for example, a touch panel) provided with an input device having a circuit wiring manufactured by a circuit wiring manufacturing method and to reduce the area occupied by the take-out wiring. The electrode pattern and / or the portion of the take-out wiring of the touch panel) preferably includes a thin wire having a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably contains a thin wire having a width of 10 μm or less.
 露光に使用する光源は、感光性樹脂層を露光可能な波長の光(例えば、365nm又は405nm)を照射する光源であれば、適宜選定して用いることができる。具体的には、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ及びLED(Light Emitting Diode)が挙げられる。 The light source used for exposure can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is a light source that irradiates the photosensitive resin layer with light having a wavelength that allows exposure (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). Specific examples thereof include ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).
 露光量としては、5mJ/cm~200mJ/cmが好ましく、10mJ/cm~100mJ/cmがより好ましい。 The exposure amount is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 to 200 mJ / cm 2, more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 100 mJ / cm 2 .
 露光工程においては、感光性樹脂層から仮支持体を剥離した後にパターン露光してもよく、仮支持体を介してパターン露光した後に仮支持体を剥離してもよい。感光性樹脂層とマスクとの接触による感光性樹脂層の汚染の防止、及び、マスクに付着した異物による露光への影響を避けるため、仮支持体を介してパターン露光することが好ましい。なお、パターン露光は、マスクを介した露光でもよいし、レーザー等の露光手段を用いたダイレクト露光でもよい。 In the exposure step, the temporary support may be peeled off from the photosensitive resin layer and then pattern-exposed, or the temporary support may be peeled off after pattern-exposure through the temporary support. In order to prevent contamination of the photosensitive resin layer due to contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter adhering to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure via a temporary support. The pattern exposure may be an exposure through a mask or a direct exposure using an exposure means such as a laser.
<現像工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上記露光工程の後、露光された感光性樹脂層を現像して樹脂パターンを形成する工程(現像工程)を含むことが好ましい。
 感光性転写部材が熱可塑性樹脂及び中間層を有する場合、現像工程において、非露光部の熱可塑性樹脂層及び中間層も、非露光部の感光性樹脂層とともに除去される。また、現像工程において、露光部の熱可塑性樹脂層及び中間層も現像液に溶解あるいは分散する形で除去されてもよい。
<Development process>
The method for producing a resin pattern preferably includes, after the above-mentioned exposure step, a step (development step) of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern.
When the photosensitive transfer member has a thermoplastic resin and an intermediate layer, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer in the non-exposed portion are also removed together with the photosensitive resin layer in the non-exposed portion in the developing step. Further, in the developing step, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer of the exposed portion may also be removed in a form of being dissolved or dispersed in the developing solution.
 現像工程における露光された感光性樹脂層の現像は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。
 現像液としては、感光性樹脂層の非画像部(非露光部)を除去することができれば特に制限されず、例えば、特開平5-72724号公報に記載の現像液等の公知の現像液が使用できる。
 現像液としては、pKa=7~13の化合物を0.05mol/L~5mol/L(リットル)の濃度で含むアルカリ水溶液系の現像液が好ましい。現像液は、水溶性の有機溶剤及び/又は界面活性剤を含有してもよい。現像液としては、国際公開第2015/093271号の段落0194に記載の現像液も好ましい。
The exposed photosensitive resin layer in the developing step can be developed by using a developing solution.
The developing solution is not particularly limited as long as the non-image portion (non-exposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer can be removed. For example, a known developing solution such as the developing solution described in JP-A-5-72724 can be used. Can be used.
As the developing solution, an alkaline aqueous solution-based developing solution containing a compound having pKa = 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol / L to 5 mol / L (liter) is preferable. The developer may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and / or a surfactant. As the developing solution, the developing solution described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable.
 現像方式としては、特に制限されず、パドル現像、シャワー現像、シャワー及びスピン現像、並びに、ディップ現像のいずれであってもよい。シャワー現像とは、露光後の感光性樹脂層に現像液をシャワーにより吹き付けることにより、非露光部を除去する現像処理である。
 現像工程の後に、洗浄剤をシャワーにより吹き付け、ブラシで擦りながら、現像残渣を除去することが好ましい。
 現像液の液温は特に制限されないが、20℃~40℃が好ましい。
The development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of paddle development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip development. Shower development is a development process for removing a non-exposed portion by spraying a developing solution on the photosensitive resin layer after exposure by a shower.
After the developing step, it is preferable to spray the cleaning agent with a shower and rub with a brush to remove the developing residue.
The temperature of the developing solution is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 ° C to 40 ° C.
<カバーフィルム剥離工程>
 感光性転写部材がカバーフィルムを備える場合、樹脂パターンの製造方法は、感光性転写部材からカバーフィルムを剥離する工程を含むことが好ましい。カバーフィルムを剥離する方法は、制限されず、公知の方法を適用することができる。
<Cover film peeling process>
When the photosensitive transfer member includes a cover film, the method for producing the resin pattern preferably includes a step of peeling the cover film from the photosensitive transfer member. The method of peeling the cover film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.
<その他の工程>
 樹脂パターンの製造方法は、上述した工程以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。例えば、以下の工程が挙げられるが、これらの工程に制限されない。
<Other processes>
The method for producing the resin pattern may include any step (other steps) other than the steps described above. For example, the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps.
 以下、本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材について、詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure will be described in detail.
<感光性転写部材>
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材は、仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を少なくとも備える。
 感光性転写部材は、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層とが他の層を介さずに直接積層されていてもよいし、他の層を介して積層されていてもよい。また、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向する面とは反対側の面に他の層が積層していてもよい。
 仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層以外の他の層としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層、中間層及びカバーフィルムが挙げられる。
<Photosensitive transfer member>
The photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes at least a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer.
In the photosensitive transfer member, the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer may be directly laminated without interposing another layer, or may be laminated through another layer. Further, another layer may be laminated on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer opposite to the surface facing the temporary support.
Examples of the layer other than the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer include a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and a cover film.
〔仮支持体〕
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材は、仮支持体を備える。
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層又は感光性樹脂層を含む積層体を支持し、且つ、剥離可能な支持体である。
[Temporary support]
The photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a temporary support.
The temporary support is a support that supports a photosensitive resin layer or a laminate containing a photosensitive resin layer and is removable.
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層をパターン露光する際に、仮支持体を介した感光性樹脂層の露光が可能になる観点から、光透過性を有することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において「光透過性を有する」とは、パターン露光に使用する波長の光の透過率が50%以上であることを意味する。
 仮支持体は、感光性樹脂層の露光感度向上の観点から、パターン露光に使用する波長(より好ましくは波長365nm)の光の透過率が60%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましい。
 なお、感光性転写部材が備える層の透過率とは、層の主面に垂直な方向(厚さ方向)に光を入射させたときの、入射光の強度に対する層を通過して出射した出射光の強度の比率であり、大塚電子(株)製MCPD Seriesを用いて測定される。
The temporary support preferably has light transmission property from the viewpoint of enabling exposure of the photosensitive resin layer through the temporary support when pattern-exposing the photosensitive resin layer. In addition, in this specification, "having light transmittance" means that the transmittance of light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more.
From the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, the temporary support preferably has a light transmittance of 60% or more, preferably 70% or more, at a wavelength (more preferably 365 nm) used for pattern exposure. Is more preferable.
The transmittance of the layer included in the photosensitive transfer member refers to the light emitted through the layer with respect to the intensity of the incident light when the light is incident in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer (thickness direction). It is a ratio of the intensity of light emission, and is measured using MCPD Series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.
 仮支持体を構成する材料としては、例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂フィルム及び紙が挙げられ、強度、可撓性及び光透過性の観点から、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
 樹脂フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET:polyethylene terephthalate)フィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム及びポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。中でも、PETフィルムが好ましく、2軸延伸PETフィルムがより好ましい。
Examples of the material constituting the temporary support include a glass substrate, a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength, flexibility and light transmission.
Examples of the resin film include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film and polycarbonate film. Among them, a PET film is preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.
 仮支持体の厚さ(層厚)は、特に制限されず、支持体としての強度、回路配線形成用基板との貼り合わせに求められる可撓性、及び、最初の露光工程で要求される光透過性の観点から、材質に応じて選択すればよい。
 仮支持体の厚さは、5μm~100μmの範囲が好ましく、取扱い易さ及び汎用性の点から、10μm~50μmの範囲がより好ましく、10μm~20μmの範囲が更に好ましく、10μm~16μmの範囲が特に好ましい。
 また、仮支持体の厚さは、仮支持体を介して露光する場合における解像度及び直線性の観点から、50μm以下であることが好ましく、25μm以下であることがより好ましい。
The thickness (layer thickness) of the temporary support is not particularly limited, and the strength as the support, the flexibility required for bonding to the circuit wiring forming substrate, and the light required in the first exposure step. From the viewpoint of transparency, it may be selected according to the material.
The thickness of the temporary support is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 50 μm, further preferably in the range of 10 μm to 20 μm, and in the range of 10 μm to 16 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. Especially preferable.
The thickness of the temporary support is preferably 50 μm or less, and more preferably 25 μm or less, from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity when exposed through the temporary support.
 また、仮支持体として使用するフィルムには、シワ等の変形、傷、欠陥などがないことが好ましい。
 仮支持体を介するパターン露光時のパターン形成性、及び、仮支持体の透明性の観点から、仮支持体に含まれる微粒子、異物、欠陥、析出物などの数は少ない方が好ましい。直径1μm以上の微粒子や異物や欠陥の数は、50個/10mm以下であることが好ましく、10個/10mm以下であることがより好ましく、3個/10mm以下であることが更に好ましく、0個/10mmであることが特に好ましい。
Further, it is preferable that the film used as the temporary support has no deformation such as wrinkles, scratches, or defects.
From the viewpoint of pattern formation during pattern exposure via the temporary support and transparency of the temporary support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances, defects, deposits, etc. contained in the temporary support is small. The number of the above fine particles and foreign matter and defect diameter 1μm is preferably 50/10 mm 2 or less, more preferably 10/10 mm 2 or less, further preferably 3/10 mm 2 or less , 0 pieces / 10 mm 2 is particularly preferable.
 仮支持体の好ましい態様としては、例えば、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0017~段落0018、特開2016-27363号公報の段落0019~0026、国際公開第2012/081680号の段落0041~0057、国際公開第2018/179370号の段落0029~0040、特開2019-101405号公報の段落0012~段落0032に記載があり、これらの公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Preferred embodiments of the provisional support include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0018 of JP2014-85643, paragraphs 0019 to 0026 of JP2016-27363, and paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of International Publication No. 2012/081680. , Paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370 and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of JP-A-2019-101405, and the contents of these publications are incorporated in the present specification.
〔感光性樹脂層〕
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材は、感光性樹脂層を備える。
[Photosensitive resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂層は、露光により露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が低下し、非露光部が現像により除去されるネガ型感光性樹脂層であることが好ましい。しかしながら、感光性樹脂層はネガ型感光性樹脂層に制限されず、露光により露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が向上し、露光部が現像により除去されるポジ型感光性樹脂層であってもよい。 The photosensitive resin layer is preferably a negative photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is reduced by exposure and the non-exposed portion is removed by development. However, the photosensitive resin layer is not limited to the negative photosensitive resin layer, and even if the photosensitive resin layer is a positive photosensitive resin layer in which the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution is improved by exposure and the exposed portion is removed by development. good.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物、及び、バインダーポリマーを含むことが好ましく、重合性化合物、バインダーポリマー、及び、光重合開始剤を含むことがより好ましく、重合体A、重合性化合物、及び、光重合開始剤を含むことが特に好ましい。感光性樹脂層は、上記感光性樹脂層の全質量基準で、バインダーポリマー:10質量%~90質量%;重合性化合物:5質量%~70質量%;及び光重合開始剤:0.01質量%~20質量%を含むことが好ましい。
 以下、各成分を順に説明する。
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound and a binder polymer, more preferably contains a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer, and a photopolymerization initiator, and contains the polymer A, the polymerizable compound, and It is particularly preferable to include a photopolymerization initiator. The photosensitive resin layer is based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and the binder polymer: 10% by mass to 90% by mass; the polymerizable compound: 5% by mass to 70% by mass; and the photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass. It preferably contains% to 20% by mass.
Hereinafter, each component will be described in order.
(バインダーポリマー)
 感光性樹脂層は、バインダーポリマーを含むことが好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーとしては、特に制限はなく、例えば、エッチングレジストに用いられる公知のバインダーポリマーが好適に挙げられる。
 また、バインダーポリマーとしては、アルカリ可溶性高分子が挙げられる。
 アルカリ可溶性高分子としては、酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性高分子であることが好ましい。
 中でも、バインダーポリマーとしては、後述する重合体Aが好ましい。
(Binder polymer)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a binder polymer.
The binder polymer is not particularly limited, and for example, a known binder polymer used for an etching resist is preferably used.
Further, examples of the binder polymer include alkali-soluble polymers.
The alkali-soluble polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer having an acid group.
Among them, as the binder polymer, the polymer A described later is preferable.
-重合体A-
 バインダーポリマーとしては、重合体Aを含むことが好ましい。
 重合体Aは、アルカリ可溶性高分子であることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性高分子は、アルカリ物質に溶け易い高分子を包含する。
-Polymer A-
The binder polymer preferably contains the polymer A.
The polymer A is preferably an alkali-soluble polymer. Alkali-soluble polymers include polymers that are easily soluble in alkaline substances.
 重合体Aの酸価は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性がより優れる点から、220mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g未満がより好ましく、190mgKOH/g未満が更に好ましい。
 重合体Aの酸価の下限は特に制限されないが、現像性がより優れる点から、60mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、120mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましく、170mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。
The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH / g, and more preferably 190 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution. Less than is more preferred.
The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, 60 mgKOH / g or more is preferable, 120 mgKOH / g or more is more preferable, 150 mgKOH / g or more is further preferable, and 170 mgKOH / g or more is preferable. Especially preferable.
 なお、酸価は、試料1gを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムの質量[mg]であり、本明細書においては、単位をmgKOH/gと記載する。酸価は、例えば、化合物中における酸基の平均含有量から算出できる。
 重合体Aの酸価は、重合体Aを構成する構成単位の種類及び酸基を含有する構成単位の含有量により調整すればよい。
The acid value is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample, and the unit is described as mgKOH / g in the present specification. The acid value can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the compound.
The acid value of the polymer A may be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group.
 重合体Aの重量平均分子量は、5,000~500,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量を500,000以下にすることは、解像性及び現像性を向上させる観点から好ましい。重量平均分子量を100,000以下にすることがより好ましく、60,000以下にすることが更に好ましく、50,000以下にすることが特に好ましい。一方で、重量平均分子量を5,000以上にすることは、現像凝集物の性状、並びに感光性樹脂積層体とした場合のエッジフューズ性及びカットチップ性等の未露光膜の性状を制御する観点から好ましい。重量平均分子量を10,000以上にすることがより好ましく、20,000以上にすることが更に好ましく、30,000以上にすることが特に好ましい。エッジフューズ性とは、感光性転写部材をロール状に巻き取った場合に、ロールの端面からの、感光性樹脂層のはみ出し易さの程度をいう。カットチップ性とは、未露光膜をカッターで切断した場合に、チップの飛び易さの程度をいう。このチップが感光性樹脂積層体の上面等に付着すると、後の露光工程等でマスクに転写して、不良品の原因となる。重合体Aの分散度は、1.0~6.0であることが好ましく、1.0~5.0であることがより好ましく、1.0~4.0であることが更に好ましく、1.0~3.0であることが更に好ましい。本開示で、分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーを用いて測定される値である。また分散度は、数平均分子量に対する重量平均分子量の比(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)である。  The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. It is preferable that the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of improving the resolution and developability. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 100,000 or less, further preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more is a viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed agglomerates and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge fuse properties and cut chip properties in the case of a photosensitive resin laminate. Is preferable. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or more, further preferably 20,000 or more, and particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The edge fuse property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily protrudes from the end face of the roll when the photosensitive transfer member is wound into a roll. The cut chip property refers to the degree of ease with which the chip flies when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. If this chip adheres to the upper surface of the photosensitive resin laminate or the like, it will be transferred to the mask in a later exposure process or the like, causing a defective product. The dispersity of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, and even more preferably 1.0 to 4.0. It is more preferably 0.0 to 3.0. In the present disclosure, the molecular weight is a value measured using gel permeation chromatography. The degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
 感光性樹脂層は、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から、重合体Aとして、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含むものであることが好ましい。なお、このような芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換又は非置換のフェニル基や、置換又は非置換のアラルキル基が挙げられる。重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、45質量%以上であることが特に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが最も好ましい。上限としては特に限定されないが、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは85質量%以下である。なお、重合体Aを複数種類含有する場合における、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分の含有割合は、重量平均値として求めた。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group as the polymer A from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure. preferable. Examples of such an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. The content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. More preferably, it is more preferably 40% by mass or more, particularly preferably 45% by mass or more, and most preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. When a plurality of types of the polymer A were contained, the content ratio of the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group was determined as a weight average value.
 上記芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体としては、例えば、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、スチレン、及び重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、スチレントリマー等)が挙げられる。中でも、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、又はスチレンが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がスチレンである場合、スチレン単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、20質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、25質量%~45質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~40質量%であることが更に好ましく、30質量%~35質量%であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monomer having an aralkyl group, styrene, and a polymerizable styrene derivative (for example, methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, tert-butoxy styrene, acetoxy styrene, 4-vinyl). Benzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). Of these, a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content ratio of the styrene monomer component is 20% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. It is preferably ~ 50% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass to 45% by mass, further preferably 30% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 30% by mass to 35% by mass. preferable.
 アラルキル基としては、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)や、置換又は非置換のベンジル基等が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基が好ましい。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and the like, and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferable.
 フェニルアルキル基を有する単量体としては、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
 ベンジル基を有する単量体としては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、クロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等;ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー、例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、ビニルベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。中でもベンジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。一態様において、重合体Aにおける芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分がベンジル(メタ)アクリレートである場合、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート単量体成分の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、50質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、60質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、70質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましく、75質量%~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。  Examples of the monomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylate having a benzyl group, for example, benzyl (meth) acrylate, chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate, etc .; vinyl monomer having a benzyl group, for example, vinylbenzyl chloride, vinylbenzyl. Examples include alcohol. Of these, benzyl (meth) acrylate is preferable. In one embodiment, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is benzyl (meth) acrylate, the content ratio of the benzyl (meth) acrylate monomer component is the total of all the monomer components. Based on the mass, it is preferably 50% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 90% by mass, further preferably 70% by mass to 90% by mass, and 75% by mass to 75% by mass. It is particularly preferably 90% by mass.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含有する重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体と、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種及び/又は後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを重合することにより得られることが好ましい。  The polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group includes a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, at least one of the first monomers described later, and / or a second polymer described later. It is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the monomers of.
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含有しない重合体Aは、後述する第一の単量体の少なくとも1種を重合することにより得られることが好ましく、第一の単量体の少なくとも1種と後述する第二の単量体の少なくとも1種とを共重合することにより得られることがより好ましい。  The polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, and at least the first monomer. It is more preferable to obtain it by copolymerizing one kind with at least one kind of the second monomer described later.
 第一の単量体は、分子中にカルボキシル基を有する単量体である。第一の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸半エステル等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第一の単量体の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~30質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, maleic acid semiester and the like. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
The content ratio of the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 15% by mass to 30% by mass is further preferable.
 なお、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸を意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を意味し、かつ「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、「アクリレート」又は「メタクリレート」を意味する。 In the present specification, "(meth) acrylic acid" means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and "(meth) acryloyl group" means an acryloyl group or methacrylic acid group, and "(meth) acrylate". "" Means "acrylate" or "methacrylate".
 第一の単量体の共重合割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、10質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。上記共重合割合を10質量%以上にすることは、良好な現像性を発現させる観点、エッジフューズ性を制御するなどの観点から好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましく、20質量%以上が更に好ましい。上記共重合割合を50質量%以下にすることは、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から好ましく、これらの観点においては、35質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましく、27質量%以下が特に好ましい。  The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total mass of all the monomer components. The copolymerization ratio of 10% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting good developability and controlling edge fuseability, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more. .. It is preferable that the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less from the viewpoint of high resolution of the resist pattern and the shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern, and from these viewpoints, 35% by mass. The following is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is further preferable, and 27% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 第二の単量体は、非酸性であり、かつ分子中に重合性不飽和基を少なくとも1個有する単量体である。第二の単量体としては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類;酢酸ビニル等のビニルアルコールのエステル類;並びに(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。中でも、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、メチル(メタ)アクリレートが特に好ましい。
 重合体Aにおける第二の単量体の含有割合は、全単量体成分の合計質量を基準として、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~45質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate. , Tart-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate and other (meth) acrylates; vinyl acetate Such as vinyl alcohol esters; as well as (meth) acrylonitrile and the like. Of these, methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate are preferable, and methyl (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
The content ratio of the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all the monomer components. Is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 45% by mass is further preferable.
 アラルキル基を有する単量体、及び/又はスチレンを単量体として含有することが、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制する観点から好ましい。例えば、メタクリル酸とベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンを含む共重合体、メタクリル酸とメチルメタクリレートとベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンを含む共重合体等が好ましい。
 一態様において、重合体Aは、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を25質量%~40質量%、第一の単量体成分を20質量%~35質量%、第二の単量体成分を30質量%~45質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。また、別の態様において、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を70質量%~90質量%、第一の単量体成分を10質量%~25質量%含む重合体であることが好ましい。
It is preferable to contain a monomer having an aralkyl group and / or styrene as a monomer from the viewpoint of suppressing line width thickening and deterioration of resolution when the focal position is deviated during exposure. For example, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer containing methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene and the like are preferable.
In one embodiment, the polymer A contains 25% by mass to 40% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% by mass to 35% by mass of the first monomer component, and a second single amount. It is preferably a polymer containing 30% by mass to 45% by mass of a body component. In another embodiment, the polymer preferably contains 70% by mass to 90% by mass of a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% by mass to 25% by mass of the first monomer component. ..
 重合体Aは、側鎖に直鎖構造、分岐構造、及び、脂環構造のいずれかを有してもよい。側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含むモノマー、又は側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含むモノマーを使用することによって、重合体Aの側鎖に分岐構造や脂環構造を導入することができる。脂環構造を有する基は単環又は多環であってもよい The polymer A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in the side chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. .. The group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
 側鎖に分岐構造を有する基を含むモノマーの具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソアミル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-オクチル及び(メタ)アクリル酸tert-オクチル等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、メタクリル酸tert-ブチルが好ましく、メタクリル酸イソプロピル又はメタクリル酸tert-ブチルがより好ましい。 Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, and ( Isoamyl (meth) acrylate, tert-amyl (meth) acrylate, sec-amyl (meth) acrylate, 2-octyl (meth) acrylate, 3-octyl (meth) acrylate and tert-octyl (meth) acrylate. And so on. Among these, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and tert-butyl methacrylate are preferable, and isopropyl methacrylate or tert-butyl methacrylate is more preferable.
 側鎖に脂環構造を有する基を含むモノマーの具体例としては、単環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマー、及び、多環の脂肪族炭化水素基を有するモノマーが挙げられる。また、炭素原子数5~20個の脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。より具体的な例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸(ビシクロ〔2.2.1]ヘプチル-2)、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-エチルアダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-メチル-5-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5,8-トリエチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,5-ジメチル-8-エチル-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシ-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-5-イル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタヒドロ-4,7-メンタノインデン-1-イルメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-メンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカン、(メタ)アクリル酸-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6,6-トリメチル-ビシクロ〔3.1.1〕ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-3,7,7-トリメチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ビシクロ〔4.1.0〕ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2,2,5-トリメチルシクロヘキシル、及び(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル等が挙げられる。これら(メタ)アクリル酸エステルのなかでも、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-メンチル、又は(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸(ノル)ボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸-2-アダマンチル、又は(メタ)アクリル酸トリシクロデカンがより好ましい。 Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Further, (meth) acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms can be mentioned. More specific examples include (meth) acrylic acid (bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl-2), (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-2-adamantyl, (meth). -3-Methyl-1-adamantyl acrylate, -3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, -3-ethyladamantyl (meth) acrylate, -3-methyl-5-methyl (meth) acrylate Ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid 2 -Methyl-2-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, octahydro-4,7-mentanoindene (meth) acrylate-5- Il, Octahydro-4,7-mentanoinden-1-ylmethyl (meth) acrylate, -1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, -3-hydroxy- (meth) acrylate 2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo [3.1.1] heptyl, (meth) acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo [4.1.0] heptyl, (meth) acrylic Examples thereof include acid (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate isobornyl, (meth) acrylate fentyl, (meth) acrylate-2,2,5-trimethylcyclohexyl, and (meth) acrylate cyclohexyl. Among these (meth) acrylic acid esters, (meth) acrylic acid cyclohexyl, (meth) acrylic acid (nor) boronyl, (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth) acrylic acid -2-adamantyl, fentyl (meth) acrylate, 1-mentyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate is preferred, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (nor) bornyl, (meth) acrylate, More preferred are isobornyl (meth) acrylate, -2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate.
 重合体Aは、1種単独で使用することができ、或いは2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。2種以上を混合して使用する場合には、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aを2種類混合使用すること、又は芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aと、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含まない重合体Aと、を混合使用することが好ましい。後者の場合、芳香族炭化水素基を有する単量体成分を含む重合体Aの使用割合は、重合体Aの全部に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが好ましく、90質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 The polymer A can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are mixed and used, two types of polymer A containing a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be mixed and used, or a monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group may be used. It is preferable to mix and use the polymer A containing the polymer A and the polymer A containing no monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group. In the latter case, the ratio of the polymer A containing the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group to the total amount of the polymer A is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more. More preferably, it is more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass or more.
 重合体Aの合成は、上記で説明された単数又は複数の単量体を、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、イソプロパノール等の溶剤で希釈した溶液に、過酸化ベンゾイル、アゾイソブチロニトリル等のラジカル重合開始剤を適量添加し、加熱撹拌することにより行われることが好ましい。混合物の一部を反応液に滴下しながら合成を行う場合もある。反応終了後、さらに溶剤を加えて、所望の濃度に調整する場合もある。合成手段としては、溶液重合以外に、塊状重合、懸濁重合、又は乳化重合を用いてもよい。 In the synthesis of polymer A, a radical polymerization initiator such as benzoyl peroxide or azoisobutyronitrile is prepared by diluting the one or more monomers described above with a solvent such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or isopropanol. Is preferably added in an appropriate amount and heated and stirred. In some cases, the synthesis is carried out while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction solution. After completion of the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired level. As the synthesis means, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization may be used in addition to solution polymerization.
 重合体Aのガラス転移温度Tgは、30℃以上135℃以下であることが好ましい。感光性樹脂層において、135℃以下のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することによって、露光時の焦点位置がずれたときの線幅太りや解像度の悪化を抑制することができる。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、130℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以下であることが更に好ましく、110℃以下であることが特に好ましい。また、30℃以上のTgを有する重合体Aを使用することは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。この観点から、重合体AのTgは、40℃以上であることがより好ましく、50℃以上であることが更に好ましく、60℃以上であることが特に好ましく、70℃以上であることが最も好ましい。 The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower. By using the polymer A having a Tg of 135 ° C. or lower in the photosensitive resin layer, it is possible to suppress the line width thickening and the deterioration of the resolution when the focal position at the time of exposure is deviated. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 130 ° C. or lower, further preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 110 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable to use the polymer A having a Tg of 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance. From this viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40 ° C. or higher, further preferably 50 ° C. or higher, particularly preferably 60 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 70 ° C. or higher. ..
 感光性樹脂層は、重合体A以外の樹脂を含有してもよい。
 重合体A以外の樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体(但し、スチレン含有率が40質量%以下であるもの)、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン、及び、ポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a resin other than the polymer A.
Resins other than polymer A include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (however, those having a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resins, polyester resins, and polyamides. Examples thereof include resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines, and polyalkylene glycols.
 バインダーポリマーは、1種単独で使用することができ、或いは2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。
 バインダーポリマーの、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対する割合は、好ましくは10質量%~90質量%の範囲であり、より好ましくは30質量%~70質量%であり、更に好ましくは40質量%~60質量%である。感光性樹脂層に対するバインダーポリマーの割合を90質量%以下にすることは、現像時間を制御する観点から好ましい。一方で、感光性樹脂層に対するバインダーポリマーの割合を10質量%以上にすることは、耐エッジフューズ性を向上させる観点から好ましい。
The binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The ratio of the binder polymer to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 40% by mass to 60% by mass. It is mass%. It is preferable that the ratio of the binder polymer to the photosensitive resin layer is 90% by mass or less from the viewpoint of controlling the developing time. On the other hand, it is preferable that the ratio of the binder polymer to the photosensitive resin layer is 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of improving the edge fuse resistance.
(重合性化合物)
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 本明細書において「重合性化合物」とは、後述する重合開始剤の作用を受けて重合する化合物であって、上述したバインダーポリマーとは異なる化合物を意味する。
(Polymerizable compound)
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound.
As used herein, the term "polymerizable compound" means a compound that polymerizes under the action of a polymerization initiator, which will be described later, and is different from the binder polymer described above.
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物は、ネガ型感光性樹脂層の感光性(すなわち、光硬化性)及び硬化膜の強度に寄与する成分である。
 また、エチレン性不飽和化合物は、1つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物である。
 感光性樹脂層は、エチレン性不飽和化合物として、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 ここで、2官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物とは、一分子中にエチレン性不飽和基を2つ以上有する化合物を意味する。
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
As the polymerizable compound, an ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferable.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound is a component that contributes to the photosensitivity (that is, photocurability) of the negative photosensitive resin layer and the strength of the cured film.
The ethylenically unsaturated compound is a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound.
Here, the bifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
 感光性樹脂層は、重合性基を有する重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 重合性化合物が有する重合性基としては、重合反応に関与する基であれば特に制限されず、例えば、ビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、スチリル基及びマレイミド基等のエチレン性不飽和基を有する基;並びに、エポキシ基及びオキセタン基等のカチオン性重合性基を有する基が挙げられる。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する基が好ましく、アクリロイル基又はメタアクリロイル基がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group involved in the polymerization reaction, and has, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group and a maleimide group. Groups; and groups having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetane group can be mentioned.
As the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryloyl group or a metaacryloyl group is more preferable.
 重合性化合物としては、感光性樹脂層の感光性がより優れる点で、1つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(エチレン性不飽和化合物)が好ましく、一分子中に2つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(多官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)がより好ましい。
 また、解像性及び剥離性により優れる点で、エチレン性不飽和化合物が一分子中に有するエチレン性不飽和基の数は、6つ以下が好ましく、3つ以下がより好ましく、2つ以下が更に好ましい。
As the polymerizable compound, a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (ethylenically unsaturated compound) is preferable, and two or more ethylenes in one molecule are preferable because the photosensitive resin layer has more excellent photosensitivity. A compound having a sex unsaturated group (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) is more preferable.
Further, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less in terms of excellent resolution and peelability. More preferred.
 感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂層の感光性と解像性及び剥離性とのバランスがより優れる点で、一分子中に2つ又は3つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する2官能又は3官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することが好ましく、一分子中に2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層における、重合性化合物の含有量に対する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物の含有量は、剥離性に優れる点から、60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%超がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されず、100質量%であってもよい。即ち、感光性樹脂層に含まれる重合性化合物が全て2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物であってもよい。
 また、エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、重合性基として(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer is bifunctional or trifunctional having two or three ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule in that the photosensitive resin layer has a better balance of photosensitivity, resolution and peelability. It is preferable to contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and more preferably to contain a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule.
The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin layer with respect to the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably more than 70% by mass, and more preferably 90% by mass from the viewpoint of excellent peelability. The above is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
Further, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth) acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.
-重合性化合物B1-
 感光性樹脂層は、芳香環及び2つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する重合性化合物B1を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物B1は、上述した重合性化合物のうち、一分子中に1つ以上の芳香環を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物である。
-Polymerizable compound B1-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having an aromatic ring and two ethylenically unsaturated groups. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule among the above-mentioned polymerizable compounds.
 感光性樹脂層中、重合性化合物の含有量に対する重合性化合物B1の含有量の質量比は、解像性がより優れる点から、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、剥離性の点から、99質量%以下が好ましく、95質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以下が更に好ましく、85質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of better resolution. More preferably, it is more preferably 55% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of peelability, 99% by mass or less is preferable, 95% by mass or less is more preferable, 90% by mass or less is further preferable, and 85% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 重合性化合物B1が有する芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環及びアントラセン環等の芳香族炭化水素環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環及びピリジン環等の芳香族複素環、並びに、それらの縮合環が挙げられ、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。なお、上記芳香環は、置換基を有してもよい。
 重合性化合物B1は、芳香環を1つのみ有してもよく、2つ以上の芳香環を有してもよい。
Examples of the aromatic ring contained in the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring and anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring and pyridine ring. Heterocycles and fused rings thereof are mentioned, and aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferable, and benzene rings are more preferable. The aromatic ring may have a substituent.
The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.
 重合性化合物B1は、現像液による感光性樹脂層の膨潤を抑制することにより、解像性が向上する点から、ビスフェノール構造を有することが好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン)に由来するビスフェノールA構造、ビスフェノールF(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタン)に由来するビスフェノールF構造、及び、ビスフェノールB(2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタン)に由来するビスフェノールB構造が挙げられ、ビスフェノールA構造が好ましい。
The polymerizable compound B1 preferably has a bisphenol structure from the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer due to the developing solution.
Examples of the bisphenol structure include a bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane) and a bisphenol derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) methane). Examples thereof include an F structure and a bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), and a bisphenol A structure is preferable.
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1としては、例えば、ビスフェノール構造と、そのビスフェノール構造の両端に結合した2つの重合性基(好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイル基)とを有する化合物が挙げられる。
 ビスフェノール構造の両端と2つの重合性基とは、直接結合してもよく、1つ以上のアルキレンオキシ基を介して結合してもよい。ビスフェノール構造の両端に付加するアルキレンオキシ基としては、エチレンオキシ基又はプロピレンオキシ基が好ましく、エチレンオキシ基がより好ましい。ビスフェノール構造に付加するアルキレンオキシ基の付加数は特に制限されないが、1分子あたり4~16個が好ましく、6~14個がより好ましい。
 ビスフェノール構造を有する重合性化合物B1については、特開2016-224162号公報の段落0072~0080に記載されており、この公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth) acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure.
Both ends of the bisphenol structure and the two polymerizable groups may be directly bonded or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkyleneoxy group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, an ethyleneoxy group or a propyleneoxy group is preferable, and an ethyleneoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but 4 to 16 per molecule is preferable, and 6 to 14 is more preferable.
The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
 重合性化合物B1としては、ビスフェノールA構造を有する2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物が好ましく、2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンがより好ましい。
 2,2-ビス(4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリアルコキシ)フェニル)プロパンとしては、例えば、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-324M、日立化成(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシエトキシプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-500、新中村化学工業(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシドデカエトキシテトラプロポキシ)フェニル)プロパン(FA-3200MY、日立化成(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシペンタデカエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-1300、新中村化学工業(株)製)、2,2-ビス(4-(メタクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル)プロパン(BPE-200、新中村化学工業(株)製)、及び、エトキシ化(10)ビスフェノールAジアクリレート(NKエステルA-BPE-10、新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。
As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxypolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane is more preferable.
Examples of the 2,2-bis (4-((meth) acryloxipolyalkoxy) phenyl) propane include 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxyethoxypropoxy) phenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentaethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-500, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured by Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxidodecaethoxytetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Kasei Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxypentadeca) Ethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis (4- (methacryloxydiethoxy) phenyl) propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), And ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 重合性化合物B1としては、下記一般式(I): The polymerizable compound B1 has the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
{式中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、AはCであり、BはCであり、n及びnはそれぞれ独立に、1~39の整数であり、かつn+nは2~40の整数であり、n2及びn4はそれぞれ独立に、0~29の整数であり、かつn2+nは0~30の整数であり、-(A-O)-及び-(B-O)-の繰り返し単位の配列は、ランダムであってもブロックであってもよい。そして、ブロックの場合、-(A-O)-と-(B-O)-とのいずれがビスフェニル基側でもよい。}
 で表される化合物を使用することができる。
 一態様において、n+n+n+nは、2~20が好ましく、2~16がより好ましく、4~12が更に好ましい。また、n+nは、0~10が好ましく、0~4がより好ましく、0~2が更に好ましく、0が特に好ましい。
{In the equation, R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , and n 1 and n 3 are independent, respectively. An integer of 1 to 39, n 1 + n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are independently integers of 0 to 29, and n 2 + n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30. The sequence of repeating units of-(AO)-and-(BO)-may be random or block. In the case of a block, either − (A—O) − or − (BO) − may be on the bisphenyl group side. }
The compound represented by can be used.
In one aspect, n 1 + n 2 + n 3 + n 4 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and even more preferably 4 to 12. Further, n 2 + n 4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 4, further preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0.
 重合性化合物B1は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における、重合性化合物B1の含有量は、解像性がより優れる点から、感光性樹脂層の総質量に対して、10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、転写性及びエッジフュージョン(転写部材の端部から感光性樹脂が滲み出す現象)の点から、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。
The polymerizable compound B1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of more excellent resolution. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge fusion (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin exudes from the end of the transfer member).
 感光性樹脂層は、上述した重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物を含有してもよい。
 重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物は、特に制限されず、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択できる。例えば、一分子中に1つのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物)、芳香環を有さない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物、及び、3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1.
The polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound B1 is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. For example, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound), a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring, and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound. Examples include compounds.
 単官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate. , And phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
 芳香環を有さない2官能エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリメチロールプロパンジアクリレートが挙げられる。
 アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート(A-DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジメタクリレート(DCP、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(A-NOD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(A-HD-N、新中村化学工業(株)製)、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート、及び、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 ポリアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート、及び、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、プロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、エチレンオキサイド及びプロピレンオキサイド変性ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。の市販品としては、例えば、8UX-015A(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、UA-32P(新中村化学工業(株)製)、及び、UA-1100H(新中村化学工業(株)製)が挙げられる。
Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Be done.
Examples of the alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include tricyclodecanedimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tricyclodecanedimethanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ), 1,9-Nonandiol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), Ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate, and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the urethane di (meth) acrylate include propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide-modified urethane di (meth) acrylate. 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Can be mentioned.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物としては、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)
アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸トリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、並びに、これらのアルキレンオキサイド変性物が挙げられる。
 ここで、「(トリ/テトラ/ペンタ/ヘキサ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及びヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念であり、「(トリ/テトラ)(メタ)アクリレート」は、トリ(メタ)アクリレート及びテトラ(メタ)アクリレートを包含する概念である。一態様において、感光性樹脂層は、上述した重合性化合物B1及び3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、上述した重合性化合物B1及び2種以上の3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことがより好ましい。この場合、重合性化合物B1と3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の質量比は、(重合性化合物B1の合計質量):(3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物の合計質量)=1:1~5:1が好ましく、1.2:1~4:1がより好ましく、1.5:1~3:1が更に好ましい。
 また、一態様において、感光性樹脂層は、上述した重合性化合物B1及び2種以上の3官能のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include dipentaerythritol (tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth). Acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane ethanetri (meth)
Examples thereof include acrylates, tri (meth) acrylates of isocyanuric acid, glycerin tri (meth) acrylates, and modified alkylene oxides thereof.
Here, "(tri / tetra / penta / hexa) (meth) acrylate" is a concept including tri (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate, penta (meth) acrylate, and hexa (meth) acrylate. , "(Tri / tetra) (meth) acrylate" is a concept that includes tri (meth) acrylate and tetra (meth) acrylate. In one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. More preferably, it contains a saturated compound. In this case, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (total mass of the polymerizable compound B1): (total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound) = 1: 1. It is preferably ~ 5: 1, more preferably 1.2: 1 to 4: 1, and even more preferably 1.5: 1 to 3: 1.
Further, in one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
 3官能以上のエチレン性不飽和化合物のアルキレンオキサイド変性物としては、カプロラクトン変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD(登録商標)DPCA-20、新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300-1CL等)、アルキレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート化合物(日本化薬(株)製KAYARAD RP-1040、新中村化学工業(株)製ATM-35E及びA-9300、ダイセル・オルネクス社製EBECRYL(登録商標) 135等)、エトキシル化グリセリントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製A-GLY-9E等)、アロニックス(登録商標)TO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、アロニックスM-520(東亞合成(株)製)、並びに、アロニックスM-510(東亞合成(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylene oxide-modified product of the trifunctional or higher-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound include caprolactone-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. and A manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). -9300-1CL, etc.), alkylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., EBECRYL manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. (Registered trademark) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E, etc. manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Aronix (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), Aronix M- 520 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) and Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
 また、重合性化合物B1以外の重合性化合物としては、特開2004-239942号公報の段落0025~0030に記載の酸基を有する重合性化合物を用いてもよい。 Further, as the polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound B1, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 may be used.
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物の含有量Mmとバインダーポリマーの含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、1.0以下であることが好ましく、0.9以下であることがより好ましく、0.5以上0.9以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物は、硬化性、及び、解像性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 更に、感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物は、硬化性、解像性及び直線性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含み、かつ感光性樹脂層に含まれる上記(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量が、60質量%以下であることがより好ましい。アクリル化合物の含有量の下限値は特に限定されず、例えば、0.1質量%である。
The value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 1.0 or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity, and is 0. It is more preferably 9.9 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more and 0.9 or less.
Further, the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability and resolvability.
Further, the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound from the viewpoint of curability, resolution and linearity, and the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer. The content of the acrylic compound with respect to the above is more preferably 60% by mass or less. The lower limit of the content of the acrylic compound is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0.1% by mass.
 重合性化合物は、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、10質量%~70質量%が好ましく、20質量%~60質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%が更に好ましい。
The polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. % Is more preferable.
 重合性化合物B1を含む重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)としては、200~3,000が好ましく、280~2,200がより好ましく、300~2,200が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymerizable compound containing the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and even more preferably 300 to 2,200.
(その他の成分)
 感光性樹脂層は、バインダーポリマー及び重合性化合物以外の成分を含有してもよい。
(Other ingredients)
The photosensitive resin layer may contain components other than the binder polymer and the polymerizable compound.
-光重合開始剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤は、紫外線、可視光線及びX線等の活性光線を受けて、重合性化合物の重合を開始する化合物である。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限されず、公知の光重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤及び光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
-Photopolymerization initiator-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that initiates the polymerization of a polymerizable compound by receiving active light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator, and a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、オキシムエステル構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-アミノアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン構造を有する光重合開始剤、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド構造を有する光重合開始剤、及び、N-フェニルグリシン構造を有する光重合開始剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure, and an acylphosphine oxide. Examples thereof include a photopolymerization initiator having a structure and a photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure.
 また、感光性樹脂層は、感光性、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、光ラジカル重合開始剤として、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。なお、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体における2つの2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール構造は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体の誘導体としては、例えば、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジ(メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール二量体、2-(o-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、2-(o-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体、及び、2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体が挙げられる。
Further, the photosensitive resin layer contains 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer as a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed and non-exposed areas, and resolution. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of the derivatives. The two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structures in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different.
Derivatives of the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer include, for example, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-di. (Methoxyphenyl) imidazole dimer, 2- (o-fluorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2- (o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, and 2 -(P-Methenylphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer can be mentioned.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0031~0042、特開2015-14783号公報の段落0064~0081に記載された重合開始剤を用いてもよい。 As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP2011-95716A and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP2015-14783 may be used.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、例えば、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、アニシル(p,p’-ジメトキシベンジル)、TAZ-110(商品名:みどり化学(株)製)、ベンゾフェノン、TAZ-111(商品名:みどり化学(株)製)、IrgacureOXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF社製)、Omnirad651及び369(商品名:IGM Resins B.V.社製)、及び、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p, p'-dimethoxybenzyl), and TAZ-110 (trade name:). Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd., Benzoinone, TAZ-111 (trade name: Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IrgacureOXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (BASF), Omnirad 651 and 369 (trade name: IGM Resins B.V.) , And 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) Be done.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE(登録商標) OXE-01、BASF社製)、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン-1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02、BASF社製)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン(商品名:Omnirad 379EG、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 907、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 127、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタノン-1(商品名:Omnirad 369、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 1173、IGM Resins B.V.製)、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(商品名:Omnirad 184、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(商品名:Omnirad 651、IGM Resins B.V.製)、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾリル-ジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad TPO H、IGM Resins B.V.製)、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾリル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名:Omnirad 819、IGM Resins B.V.製)、オキシムエステル系の光重合開始剤(商品名:Lunar 6、DKSHジャパン(株)製)、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビスイミダゾール(2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体)(商品名:B-CIM、Hampford社製)、及び、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体(商品名:BCTB、東京化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include 1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione-2- (O-benzoyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-. 01, manufactured by BASF), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl] etanone-1- (O-acetyloxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, BASF), IRGACURE OXE-03 (BASF), 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone (Product name: Omnirad 379EG, IGM Resins BV), 2-Methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one (Product name: Omnirad 907, IGM Resins BV) , 2-Hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 127, IGM Resins B. V.), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- 1-Phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins VV), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins VV), 2,2- Dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins VV), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H,) IGM Resins B.V.), Bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Resins B.V.), Oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator ( Product name: Lunar 6, manufactured by DKSH Japan Co., Ltd., 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4) , 5-Diphenylimidazole dimer ) (Product name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford) and 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (trade name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). ..
 なお、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビスイミダゾール(2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体)は、(商品名:B-IMD、黒金化成(株)製)も用いることができる。 In addition, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer) is (2. Product name: B-IMD, manufactured by Kurokin Kasei Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 本明細書では、2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビスイミダゾール(2-(2-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体は、B-CIM、または、B-IMDと記載される。 In the present specification, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer is used. , B-CIM, or B-IMD.
 光カチオン重合開始剤(光酸発生剤)は、活性光線を受けて酸を発生する化合物である。光カチオン重合開始剤としては、波長300nm以上、好ましくは波長300~450nmの活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物が好ましいが、その化学構造は制限されない。また、波長300nm以上の活性光線に直接感応しない光カチオン重合開始剤についても、増感剤と併用することによって波長300nm以上の活性光線に感応し、酸を発生する化合物であれば、増感剤と組み合わせて好ましく用いることができる。
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、pKaが4以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が好ましく、pKaが3以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤がより好ましく、pKaが2以下の酸を発生する光カチオン重合開始剤が特に好ましい。pKaの下限値は特に定めないが、例えば、-10.0以上が好ましい。
A photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) is a compound that generates an acid by receiving active light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that is sensitive to active light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 to 450 nm and generates an acid is preferable, but its chemical structure is not limited. In addition, a photocationic polymerization initiator that is not directly sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more is also a sensitizer if it is a compound that is sensitive to active light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more and generates an acid when used in combination with a sensitizer. Can be preferably used in combination with.
As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 4 or less is preferable, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid having a pKa of 3 or less is more preferable, and an acid having a pKa of 2 or less is used. The generated photocationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly defined, but is preferably -10.0 or higher, for example.
 光カチオン重合開始剤としては、イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤及び非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤として、例えば、ジアリールヨードニウム塩類及びトリアリールスルホニウム塩類等のオニウム塩化合物、並びに、第4級アンモニウム塩類が挙げられる。
 イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0114~0133に記載のイオン性光カチオン重合開始剤を用いてもよい。
Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator.
Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triarylsulfonium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts.
As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-85643 may be used.
 非イオン性光カチオン重合開始剤としては、例えば、トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、及び、オキシムスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。トリクロロメチル-s-トリアジン類、ジアゾメタン化合物及びイミドスルホネート化合物としては、特開2011-221494号公報の段落0083~0088に記載の化合物を用いてもよい。また、オキシムスルホネート化合物としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0084~0088に記載された化合物を用いてもよい。 Examples of the nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator include trichloromethyl-s-triazines, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. As the trichloromethyl-s-triazines, the diazomethane compound and the imide sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP2011-221494 may be used. Further, as the oxime sulfonate compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 may be used.
 感光性樹脂層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含有することが好ましく、2,4,5-トリアリールイミダゾール二量体及びその誘導体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有することがより好ましい。 The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof. ..
 感光性樹脂層は、光重合開始剤を、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層における光重合開始剤の含有量は、特に制限されないが、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of photopolymerization initiator alone or two or more types.
The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. It is more preferably 0% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-色素-
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、かつ、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(単に「色素N」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。色素Nを含有すると、詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、隣接する層(例えば仮支持体及び中間層)との密着性が向上し、解像性により優れる。
-Dye-
The photosensitive resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. Moreover, it is preferable to contain a dye (also simply referred to as "dye N") whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical. When the dye N is contained, the detailed mechanism is unknown, but the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, a temporary support and the intermediate layer) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.
 本明細書において、色素が「酸、塩基又はラジカルにより極大吸収波長が変化する」とは、発色状態にある色素が酸、塩基又はラジカルにより消色する態様、消色状態にある色素が酸、塩基又はラジカルにより発色する態様、及び、発色状態にある色素が他の色相の発色状態に変化する態様のいずれの態様を意味してもよい。
 具体的には、色素Nは、露光により消色状態から変化して発色する化合物であってもよいし、露光により発色状態から変化して消色する化合物であってもよい。この場合、露光により酸、塩基又はラジカルが感光性樹脂層内において発生し作用することにより、発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよく、酸、塩基又はラジカルにより感光性樹脂層内の状態(例えばpH)が変化することで発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよい。また、露光を介さずに、酸、塩基又はラジカルを刺激として直接受けて発色又は消色の状態が変化する色素でもよい。
In the present specification, the term "the maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base or a radical" means that the dye in a color-developing state is decolorized by an acid, a base or a radical, and the dye in a decolorized state is an acid. It may mean any aspect of a mode in which a color is developed by a base or a radical, or a mode in which a dye in a color-developing state changes to a color-developing state of another hue.
Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to develop a color, or may be a compound that changes from the decolorized state by exposure to decolorize. In this case, it may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state is changed by the acid, base or radical generated and acted in the photosensitive resin layer by exposure, and the state in the photosensitive resin layer by the acid, base or radical. It may be a dye whose color development or decolorization state changes by changing (for example, pH). Further, it may be a dye that changes the state of color development or decolorization by directly receiving an acid, a base or a radical as a stimulus without exposure.
 中でも、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、色素Nは、酸又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素が好ましく、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素がより好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、色素Nとしてラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素、及び、光ラジカル重合開始剤の両者を含有することが好ましい。
 また、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、色素Nは、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより発色する色素であることが好ましい。
Among them, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and non-exposed areas, the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical.
The photosensitive resin layer may contain both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals as dye N and a photoradical polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed parts. preferable.
Further, from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the dye N is preferably a dye that develops color by an acid, a base, or a radical.
 本開示における色素Nの発色機構の例としては、感光性樹脂層に光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤(光酸発生剤)又は光塩基発生剤を添加して、露光後に光ラジカル重合開始剤、光カチオン重合開始剤又は光塩基発生剤から発生するラジカル、酸又は塩基によって、ラジカル反応性色素、酸反応性色素又は塩基反応性色素(例えばロイコ色素)が発色する態様が挙げられる。 As an example of the color development mechanism of the dye N in the present disclosure, a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator is added to the photosensitive resin layer, and photoradical polymerization is carried out after exposure. Examples thereof include an embodiment in which a radical-reactive dye, an acid-reactive dye or a base-reactive dye (for example, a leuco dye) is colored by a radical, an acid or a base generated from an initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator or a photobase generator.
 色素Nは、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長が、550nm以上であることが好ましく、550nm~700nmであることがより好ましく、550nm~650nmであることが更に好ましい。
 また、色素Nは、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を1つのみ有していてもよく、2つ以上有していてもよい。色素Nが発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける極大吸収波長を2つ以上有する場合は、2つ以上の極大吸収波長のうち吸光度が最も高い極大吸収波長が450nm以上であればよい。
From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed and unexposed areas, the dye N preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of 550 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, more preferably 550 nm to 700 nm. It is more preferably about 650 nm.
Further, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.
 色素Nの極大吸収波長は、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計:UV3100((株)島津製作所製)を用いて、400nm~780nmの範囲で色素Nを含有する溶液(液温25℃)の透過スペクトルを測定し、光の強度が極小となる波長(極大吸収波長)を検出することにより、得られる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the dye N is transmitted by a solution containing the dye N (liquid temperature 25 ° C.) in the range of 400 nm to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in an atmospheric atmosphere. It is obtained by measuring the spectrum and detecting the wavelength at which the light intensity becomes the minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).
 露光により発色又は消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物が挙げられる。
 露光により消色する色素としては、例えば、ロイコ化合物、ジアリールメタン系色素、オキザジン系色素、キサンテン系色素、イミノナフトキノン系色素、アゾメチン系色素及びアントラキノン系色素が挙げられる。
 色素Nとしては、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ロイコ化合物が好ましい。
Examples of the dye that develops or decolorizes by exposure include leuco compounds.
Examples of dyes that are decolorized by exposure include leuco compounds, diarylmethane dyes, oxazine dyes, xanthene dyes, iminonaphthoquinone dyes, azomethine dyes and anthraquinone dyes.
As the dye N, a leuco compound is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.
 ロイコ化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリアリールメタン系色素)、スピロピラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(スピロピラン系色素)、フルオラン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(フルオラン系色素)、ジアリールメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ジアリールメタン系色素)、ローダミンラクタム骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ローダミンラクタム系色素)、インドリルフタリド骨格を有するロイコ化合物(インドリルフタリド系色素)、及び、ロイコオーラミン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(ロイコオーラミン系色素)が挙げられる。
 中でも、トリアリールメタン系色素又はフルオラン系色素が好ましく、トリフェニルメタン骨格を有するロイコ化合物(トリフェニルメタン系色素)又はフルオラン系色素がより好ましい。
Examples of the leuco compound include a leuco compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a leuco compound having a spiropylan skeleton (spiropylan dye), a leuco compound having a fluorane skeleton (fluorane dye), and a diarylmethane skeleton. Leuco compounds (diarylmethane dyes), leuco compounds having a rhodamine lactam skeleton (rodamine lactam dyes), leuco compounds having an indolylphthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide dyes), and leukooramine skeletons. Examples thereof include leuco compounds having leuco compounds (leuco auramine dyes).
Among them, a triarylmethane dye or a fluorane dye is preferable, and a leuco compound having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane dye) or a fluorane dye is more preferable.
 ロイコ化合物としては、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、ラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を有することが好ましい。これにより、ロイコ化合物が有するラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を、光ラジカル重合開始剤から発生するラジカル又は光カチオン重合開始剤から発生する酸と反応させて、ロイコ化合物を閉環状態に変化させて消色させるか、又は、ロイコ化合物を開環状態に変化させて発色させることができる。ロイコ化合物としては、ラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環を有し、ラジカル又は酸によりラクトン環、スルチン環又はスルトン環が開環して発色する化合物が好ましく、ラクトン環を有し、ラジカル又は酸によりラクトン環が開環して発色する化合物がより好ましい。 The leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a surujin ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion. As a result, the lactone ring, sultin ring, or sulton ring of the leuco compound is reacted with the radical generated from the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated from the photocationic polymerization initiator to change the leuco compound into a ring-closed state. The color can be decolorized or the leuco compound can be changed to an open ring state to develop a color. The leuco compound preferably has a lactone ring, a sultone ring, or a sultone ring, and the lactone ring, the sultone ring, or the sultone ring is opened by a radical or an acid to develop a color. A compound in which the lactone ring is opened to develop color is more preferable.
 色素Nとしては、例えば、以下の染料及びロイコ化合物が挙げられる。
 色素Nのうち染料の具体例としては、ブリリアントグリーン、エチルバイオレット、メチルグリーン、クリスタルバイオレット、ベイシックフクシン、メチルバイオレット2B、キナルジンレッド、ローズベンガル、メタニルイエロー、チモールスルホフタレイン、キシレノールブルー、メチルオレンジ、パラメチルレッド、コンゴーフレッド、ベンゾプルプリン4B、α-ナフチルレッド、ナイルブルー2B、ナイルブルーA、メチルバイオレット、マラカイトグリーン、パラフクシン、ビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩、ビクトリアピュアブルーBOH(保土谷化学工業(株)製)、オイルブルー#603(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルピンク#312(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッド5B(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルスカーレット#308(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッドOG(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルレッドRR(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、オイルグリーン#502(オリヱント化学工業(株)製)、スピロンレッドBEHスペシャル(保土谷化学工業(株)製)、m-クレゾールパープル、クレゾールレッド、ローダミンB、ローダミン6G、スルホローダミンB、オーラミン、4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシアニリノ-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノナフトキノン、2-カルボキシステアリルアミノ-4-p-N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アミノ-フェニルイミノナフトキノン、1-フェニル-3-メチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロン、及び、1-β-ナフチル-4-p-ジエチルアミノフェニルイミノ-5-ピラゾロンが挙げられる。
Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds.
Specific examples of dyes among dyes N include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fucsin, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose bengal, methanyl yellow, timol sulfophthalein, xylenol blue, and methyl. Orange, paramethyl red, congofred, benzopurpurin 4B, α-naphthyl red, nile blue 2B, nile blue A, methyl violet, malakite green, parafuxin, Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate, Victoria pure blue BOH Tsuchiya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Blue # 603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Pink # 312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet # 308 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Oil Green # 502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), Spiron Red BEH Special (manufactured by Hodoya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple, cresol red, rodamine B, rodamine 6G, sulfolodamine B, auramine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxy Anilino-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethylamino Examples thereof include phenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthyl-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.
 色素Nのうちロイコ化合物の具体例としては、p,p’,p”-ヘキサメチルトリアミノトリフェニルメタン(ロイコクリスタルバイオレット)、Pergascript Blue SRB(チバガイギー社製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、マラカイトグリーンラクトン、ベンゾイルロイコメチレンブルー、2-(N-フェニル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-(N-p-トリル-N-エチル)アミノフルオラン、2-アニリノ-3-メチル-6-(N-エチル-p-トルイジノ)フルオラン、3,6-ジメトキシフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-5-メチル-7-(N,N-ジベンジルアミノ)フルオラン、3-(N-シクロヘキシル-N-メチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-6-メトキシ-7-アミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-(4-クロロアニリノ)フルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-クロロフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7-ベンジルアミノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジエチルアミノ)-7,8-ベンゾフロオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-6-メチル-7-キシリジノフルオラン、3-ピペリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3-ピロリジノ-6-メチル-7-アニリノフルオラン、3,3-ビス(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(1-n-ブチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、3,3-ビス(p-ジメチルアミノフェニル)-6-ジメチルアミノフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-エトキシフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)-4-ザフタリド、3-(4-ジエチルアミノフェニル)-3-(1-エチル-2-メチルインドール-3-イル)フタリド、及び、3’,6’-ビス(ジフェニルアミノ)スピロイソベンゾフラン-1(3H),9’-[9H]キサンテン-3-オンが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the leuco compound among the dyes N include p, p', p "-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (leucocrystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal violet lactone, and malakite green lactone. Benzoyl leucomethylene blue, 2- (N-phenyl-N-methylamino) -6- (Np-tolyl-N-ethyl) aminofluorane, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6- (N-ethyl-p) -Truizino) fluorane, 3,6-dimethoxyfluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -5-methyl-7- (N, N-dibenzylamino) fluorane, 3- (N-cyclohexyl-N-methyl) Amino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7 -Xylidinofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methyl-7-chlorofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -6-methoxy-7-aminofluorane, 3- (N) , N-diethylamino) -7- (4-chloroanilino) fluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-chlorofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7-benzylaminofluorane, 3- (N, N-diethylamino) -7,8-benzofluorolane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3- (N, N-dibutylamino) -6 -Methyl-7-xylidinofluorane, 3-piperidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3-pyrrolidino-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorane, 3,3-bis (1-ethyl-) 2-Methylindole-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-butyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) phthalide, 3,3-bis (p-dimethylaminophenyl) -6-dimethyl Aminophthalide, 3- (4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl) -3- (1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3-yl) -4-zaphthalide, 3- (4-diethylaminophenyl) -3-( 1-Ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl) phthalide and 3', 6'-bis (diphenylamino) spirisobenzofuran-1 (3H), 9'-[9H] xanthen-3-one are mentioned. Be done.
 色素Nは、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、ラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることが好ましく、ラジカルにより発色する色素であることがより好ましい。
 色素Nとしては、ロイコクリスタルバイオレット、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン、ブリリアントグリーン、又は、ビクトリアピュアブルー-ナフタレンスルホン酸塩が好ましい。
The dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by radicals from the viewpoints of visibility of exposed and unexposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution, and is a dye that develops color by radicals. Is more preferable.
As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green, or Victoria pure blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferable.
 色素Nは、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 色素Nの含有量は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性、現像後のパターン視認性、及び、解像性の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.1質量%~1質量%が特に好ましい。
The dye N may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the dye N is 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer from the viewpoints of visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, pattern visibility after development, and resolution. Preferably, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferable, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferable.
 色素Nの含有量は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素Nの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有量を意味する。以下に、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例に、色素Nの含有量の定量方法を説明する。
 メチルエチルケトン100mLに、色素0.001g及び0.01gを溶かした溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤Irgacure OXE01(商品名、BASFジャパン株式会社)を加え、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、
全ての色素を発色状態にする。その後、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、(株)島津製作所製)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。
 次に、色素に代えて感光性樹脂層3gをメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた感光性樹脂層を含有する溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて感光性樹脂層に含まれる色素の含有量を算出する。
The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all of the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example.
A solution prepared by dissolving 0.001 g and 0.01 g of the dye in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone is prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals were generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm.
Brings all pigments into color. Then, in an atmospheric atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that 3 g of the photosensitive resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the dye contained in the photosensitive resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
-界面活性剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、厚さ均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性(非イオン性)界面活性剤、及び、両性界面活性剤が挙げられ、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。
-Surfactant-
The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic (nonionic) surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferable.
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレン高級アルキルフェニルエーテル類、ポリオキシエチレングリコールの高級脂肪酸ジエステル類、シリコーン系ノニオン性界面活性剤、及び、フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene higher alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene glycol higher fatty acid diesters, silicone-based nonionic surfactants, and fluorine-based nonionics. Examples include sex surfactants.
 感光性樹脂層は、解像性がより優れる点から、フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。感光性樹脂層がフッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤を含有することにより、エッチング液の感光性樹脂層への浸透を抑制してサイドエッチングを低減するためと考えられる。 The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant from the viewpoint of being more excellent in resolution. It is considered that the photosensitive resin layer contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant to suppress the penetration of the etching solution into the photosensitive resin layer and reduce the side etching.
 フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-551、F-552及びF-554(いずれもDIC(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available fluorine-based nonionic surfactants include Megafuck F-551, F-552 and F-554 (all manufactured by DIC Corporation).
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファック F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、MFS-578、MFS-579、MFS-586、MFS-587、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC株式会社製)、
フロラード FC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、
PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、
フタージェント 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上、(株)NEOS製)等
が挙げられる。
Commercially available products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Megafuck F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F. -144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F -561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, MFS-578, MFS-579, MFS-586, MFS-587, R-41, R -141-LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (above, DIC Corporation) Made),
Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (all manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (all manufactured by AGC Inc.),
PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (all manufactured by OMNOVA),
Footgent 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd.) And so on.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファック DSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファック DS-21が挙げられる。 Further, as a fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, a portion of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine atom volatilizes. Can also be preferably used. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Megafuck DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafuck. DS-21 can be mentioned.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、ブロックポリマーも使用できる。 A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する構成単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく使用できる。 The fluorine-based surfactant has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体も使用できる。メガファック RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上、DIC株式会社製)等が挙げられる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Megafvck RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (all manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、環境適性向上の観点から、パーフルオロオクタン酸(PFOA)及びパーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸(PFOS)等の炭素数が7以上の直鎖状パーフルオロアルキル基を有する化合物の代替材料に由来する界面活性剤であることが好ましい。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, from the viewpoint of improving environmental suitability, compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS), are used. It is preferably a surfactant derived from an alternative material.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニック L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上、BASF社製)、テトロニック 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上、BASF社製)、ソルスパース 20000(以上、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニン D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上、竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(以上、日信化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (eg, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, etc. Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (or more) , BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (above, BASF), Solsparse 20000 (above, Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW -1002 (above, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (above, manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Orphine E1010, Surfinol 104, 400, 440 (above, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、シロキサン結合からなる直鎖状ポリマー、及び、側鎖や末端に有機基を導入した変性シロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include a linear polymer composed of a siloxane bond and a modified siloxane polymer in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤の具体例としては、DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)並びに、X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上、信越シリコーン株式会社製)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of silicone-based surfactants include DOWNSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torre Silicone SH21PA, Torre Silicone SH28PA, Torre Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400 (above, Toray). (Made by Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), X-22-4952, X-22-2272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF -4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by Big Chemie) and the like.
 界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0120~0125に記載の界面活性剤、特許第4502784号公報の段落0017に記載の界面活性剤、及び、特開2009-237362号公報の段落0060~0071に記載の界面活性剤を用いることもできる。 Examples of the surfactant include the surfactant described in paragraphs 0120 to 0125 of International Publication No. 2018/179640, the surfactant described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 45027884, and JP-A-2009-237362. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0071 can also be used.
 感光性樹脂層は、界面活性剤を、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
-添加剤-
 感光性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含有してもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、ラジカル重合禁止剤、増感剤、可塑剤、ヘテロ環状化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール類、カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類、重合体A以外の樹脂、及び、溶剤が挙げられる。感光性樹脂層は、各添加剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
-Additive-
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a known additive in addition to the above components, if necessary.
Examples of the additive include a radical polymerization inhibitor, a sensitizer, a plasticizer, a heterocyclic compound, benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, a resin other than polymer A, and a solvent. The photosensitive resin layer may contain each additive alone or in combination of two or more.
 感光性樹脂層は、ラジカル重合禁止剤を含有してもよい。
 ラジカル重合禁止剤としては、例えば、特許第4502784号公報の段落0018に記載された熱重合防止剤が挙げられる。中でも、フェノチアジン、フェノキサジン又は4-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。その他のラジカル重合禁止剤としては、ナフチルアミン、塩化第一銅、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、ジフェニルニトロソアミン等が挙げられる。感光性樹脂層の感度を損なわないために、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩をラジカル重合禁止剤として使用することが好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor.
Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Of these, phenothiazine, phenothiazine or 4-methoxyphenol is preferable. Examples of other radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. It is preferable to use a nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor so as not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer.
 ベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、1-クロロ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-トリルトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and the like. Examples thereof include bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.
 カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、4-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノエチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、CBT-1(城北化学工業株式会社、商品名)などの市販品を用いることができる。 Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene. Examples thereof include carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylene carboxybenzotriazole and the like. As the carboxybenzotriazoles, for example, a commercially available product such as CBT-1 (Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name) can be used.
 ラジカル重合禁止剤、ベンゾトリアゾ-ル類、及びカルボキシベンゾトリアゾ-ル類の合計含有量は、感光性樹脂層の全質量を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは0.01質量%~3質量%であり、より好ましくは0.05質量%~1質量%である。該含有量を0.01質量%以上にすることは、感光性樹脂層に保存安定性を付与するという観点から好ましい。一方で、上記含有量を3質量%以下にすることは、感度を維持し、染料の脱色を抑える観点から好ましい。 The total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, benzotriazols, and carboxybenzotriazols is preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass when the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is 100% by mass. It is more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass. It is preferable that the content is 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin layer. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 3% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining the sensitivity and suppressing the decolorization of the dye.
 感光性樹脂層は、増感剤を含有してもよい。
 増感剤は、特に制限されず、公知の増感剤、染料及び顔料を用いることができる。増感剤としては、例えば、ジアルキルアミノベンゾフェノン化合物、ピラゾリン化合物、アントラセン化合物、クマリン化合物、キサントン化合物、チオキサントン化合物、アクリドン化合物、オキサゾール化合物、ベンゾオキサゾール化合物、チアゾール化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、トリアゾール化合物(例えば、1,2,4-トリアゾール)、スチルベン化合物、トリアジン化合物、チオフェン化合物、ナフタルイミド化合物、トリアリールアミン化合物、及び、アミノアクリジン化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes and pigments can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, acridone compounds, oxazole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stillben compounds, triazine compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalimide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoaclydin compounds.
 感光性樹脂層は、増感剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層が増感剤を含有する場合、増感剤の含有量は、目的により適宜選択できるが、光源に対する感度の向上、及び、重合速度と連鎖移動のバランスによる硬化速度の向上の観点から、感光性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~5質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%がより好ましい。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain one kind of sensitizer alone or two or more kinds.
When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the curing rate by balancing the polymerization rate and the chain movement. Therefore, 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass is preferable, and 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂層は、可塑剤及びヘテロ環状化合物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有してもよい。
 可塑剤及びヘテロ環状化合物としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0097~0103及び0111~0118に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound.
Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 097 to 0103 and 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.
 感光性樹脂層は、溶剤を含有してもよい。溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物により感光性樹脂層を形成した場合、感光性樹脂層に溶剤が残留することがある。 The photosensitive resin layer may contain a solvent. When the photosensitive resin layer is formed by the photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer.
 また、感光性樹脂層は、金属酸化物粒子、酸化防止剤、分散剤、酸増殖剤、現像促進剤、導電性繊維、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、熱酸発生剤、紫外線吸収剤、増粘剤、架橋剤、及び、有機又は無機の沈殿防止剤等の公知の添加剤を更に含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂層に含有される添加剤については特開2014-85643号公報の段落0165~0184に記載されており、この公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The photosensitive resin layer includes metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid growth agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, and thickeners. , Crosslinking agents, and known additives such as organic or inorganic precipitation inhibitors may be further contained.
Additives contained in the photosensitive resin layer are described in paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP-A-2014-85643, and the contents of this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
<物性等>
 感光性樹脂層の層厚は、0.1μm~300μmが好ましく、0.2μm~100μmがより好ましく、0.5μm~50μmが更に好ましく、0.5μm~15μmがより更に好ましく、0.5μm~10μmが特に好ましく、0.5μm~8μmが最も好ましい。これにより、感光性樹脂層の現像性が向上し、解像性を向上させることができる。
 また、一態様において、0.5μm~5μmが好ましく、0.5μm~4μmがより好ましく、0.5μm~3μmが更に好ましい。
 更に、感光性樹脂層の層厚は、直線性の観点から、10μm以下が好ましく、8μm以下がより好ましく、6μm以下が更に好ましく、1μm以上4μm以下が特に好ましい。
 感光性転写部材が備える各層の層厚は、感光性転写部材の主面に対し垂直な方向の断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope)により観察し、得られた観察画像に基づいて各層の厚さを10点以上計測し、その平均値を算出することにより、測定される。
<Physical characteristics, etc.>
The layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 0.2 μm to 100 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm to 50 μm, further preferably 0.5 μm to 15 μm, and even more preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm. Is particularly preferable, and 0.5 μm to 8 μm is most preferable. As a result, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer is improved, and the resolvability can be improved.
Further, in one embodiment, 0.5 μm to 5 μm is preferable, 0.5 μm to 4 μm is more preferable, and 0.5 μm to 3 μm is further preferable.
Further, the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 8 μm or less, further preferably 6 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1 μm or more and 4 μm or less from the viewpoint of linearity.
The layer thickness of each layer included in the photosensitive transfer member is based on an observation image obtained by observing a cross section in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer member with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It is measured by measuring the thickness of each layer at 10 points or more and calculating the average value thereof.
 また、密着性により優れる点から、感光性樹脂層の波長365nmの光の透過率は、10%以上が好ましく、30%以上が好ましく、50%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.9%以下が好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% or more, preferably 30% or more, and more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.
<形成方法>
 感光性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含有する層を形成可能な方法であれば特に制限されない。
 感光性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物及び溶剤等を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を調製し、仮支持体等の表面に感光性樹脂組成物を塗布し、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥することにより形成する方法が挙げられる。
<Formation method>
The method for forming the photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
As a method for forming the photosensitive resin layer, for example, a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, a solvent and the like is prepared, and the photosensitive resin composition is applied to the surface of a temporary support or the like to make the photosensitive resin layer photosensitive. Examples thereof include a method of forming by drying a coating film of a sex resin composition.
 感光性樹脂層の形成に使用される感光性樹脂組成物としては、例えば、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、上記の任意成分及び溶剤を含有する組成物が挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、感光性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
Examples of the photosensitive resin composition used for forming the photosensitive resin layer include a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a composition containing the above-mentioned optional components and a solvent.
The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer.
(溶剤)
 感光性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤としては、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物及び上記の任意成分を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されず、公知の溶剤を使用できる。
 溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤、アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤、アルコール溶剤(メタノール及びエタノール等)、ケトン溶剤(アセトン及びメチルエチルケトン等)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤(トルエン等)、非プロトン性極性溶剤(N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等)、環状エーテル溶剤(テトラヒドロフラン等)、エステル溶剤、アミド溶剤、ラクトン溶剤、並びにこれらの2種以上を含む混合溶剤が挙げられる。
 仮支持体、熱可塑性樹脂層、中間層及び感光性樹脂層を備える感光性転写部材を作製する場合、感光性樹脂組成物は、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。中でも、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種と、ケトン溶剤及び環状エーテル溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種とを含む混合溶剤がより好ましく、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種、ケトン溶剤、並びに環状エーテル溶剤の3種を少なくとも含む混合溶剤が更に好ましい。
(solvent)
The solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the binder polymer, the polymerizable compound and the above optional components can be dissolved or dispersed, and known solvents can be used.
Examples of the solvent include an alkylene glycol ether solvent, an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, an alcohol solvent (methanol, ethanol, etc.), a ketone solvent (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent (toluene, etc.), and an aprotonic polar solvent. Examples thereof include (N, N-dimethylformamide, etc.), a cyclic ether solvent (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), an ester solvent, an amide solvent, a lactone solvent, and a mixed solvent containing two or more of these.
When producing a photosensitive transfer member including a temporary support, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer and a photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin composition is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to contain at least one of them. Among them, a mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent and at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent is more preferable. A mixed solvent containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent, and at least three cyclic ether solvents is more preferable.
 アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、エチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジアルキルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル及びジプロピレングリコールジアルキルエーテルが挙げられる。
 アルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート及びジプロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテートが挙げられる。
 溶剤としては、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0092~0094に記載された溶剤、及び、特開2018-177889公報の段落0014に記載された溶剤を用いてもよく、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of the alkylene glycol ether solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. ..
Examples of the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate.
As the solvent, the solvent described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177789 may be used, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into the book.
 感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を1種単独で含有してもよく、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 感光性樹脂組成物を塗布する際における溶剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対し、50質量部~1,900質量部が好ましく、100質量部~900質量部がより好ましい。 
The photosensitive resin composition may contain one type of solvent alone, or may contain two or more types of solvent.
The content of the solvent when the photosensitive resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition. The part is more preferable.
 感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法は特に制限されず、例えば、各成分を上記溶剤に溶解させた溶液を予め調製し、得られた溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、感光性樹脂組成物を調製する方法が挙げられる。
 感光性樹脂組成物は、感光性樹脂層を形成する前に、孔径0.2μm~30μmのフィルターを用いてろ過することが好ましい。
The method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, a photosensitive resin composition is prepared by preparing a solution in which each component is dissolved in the above solvent in advance and mixing the obtained solution in a predetermined ratio. There is a method of preparing.
The photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive resin layer.
 感光性樹脂組成物の塗布方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法で塗布すればよい。塗布方法としては、例えば、スリット塗布、スピン塗布、カーテン塗布及びインクジェット塗布が挙げられる。
 また、感光性樹脂層は、感光性樹脂組成物を後述するカバーフィルム上に塗布し、乾燥することにより形成してもよい。
The method for applying the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited, and the photosensitive resin composition may be applied by a known method. Examples of the coating method include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and inkjet coating.
Further, the photosensitive resin layer may be formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition on a cover film described later and drying it.
〔熱可塑性樹脂層〕
 感光性転写部材は、熱可塑性樹脂層を備えていてもよい。
 感光性転写部材は、仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を備えることが好ましい。感光性転写部材が仮支持体と感光性樹脂層との間に熱可塑性樹脂層を備えることにより、基板との貼り合わせ工程における基板への追従性が向上して、基板と感光性転写部材との間の気泡の混入が抑制され、隣接する層(例えば仮支持体)との密着性が向上するためである。
[Thermoplastic resin layer]
The photosensitive transfer member may include a thermoplastic resin layer.
The photosensitive transfer member preferably includes a thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer. By providing the thermoplastic resin layer between the temporary support and the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive transfer member improves the followability to the substrate in the bonding process with the substrate, and the substrate and the photosensitive transfer member This is because the mixing of air bubbles between the layers is suppressed and the adhesion to the adjacent layer (for example, a temporary support) is improved.
<成分>
(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、熱可塑性樹脂として、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する。
 なお、本明細書において、「アルカリ可溶性」とは、22℃において炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、スチレン-アクリル共重合体、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルホルマール、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリアリルアミン及びポリアルキレングリコールが挙げられる。
<Ingredients>
(Alkali-soluble resin)
The thermoplastic resin layer contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.
In the present specification, "alkali-soluble" means that the solubility of sodium carbonate in 100 g of a 1% by mass aqueous solution at 22 ° C. is 0.1 g or more.
Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include acrylic resin, polystyrene resin, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyurethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, and polyhydroxystyrene resin. Examples thereof include polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, polysiloxane resins, polyethyleneimines, polyallylamines and polyalkylene glycols.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
 ここで、アクリル樹脂は、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び、(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の構成単位を有する樹脂を意味する。
 アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位、及び、(メタ)アクリル酸アミドに由来する構成単位の合計含有量が、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して50質量%以上であることが好ましい。
 中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構成単位の合計含有量が、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して30質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、50質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましい。
As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin is preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
Here, the acrylic resin was selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide. It means a resin having at least one structural unit.
As the acrylic resin, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid amide is the total content of the acrylic resin. It is preferably 50% by mass or more with respect to the total mass.
Above all, the total content of the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid and the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester is preferably 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸基を有する重合体であることが好ましい。
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基及びホスホン酸基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像性の観点から、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のアルカリ可溶性樹脂がより好ましく、酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が更に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価の上限は、特に制限されないが、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。
Further, the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having an acid group.
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group and a phosphonic acid group, and a carboxy group is preferable.
From the viewpoint of developability, the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably an alkali-soluble resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and further preferably a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more.
The upper limit of the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH / g or less.
 酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂としては、特に制限されず、公知の樹脂から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 例えば、特開2011-95716号公報の段落0025に記載のポリマーのうち酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂であるアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2010-237589号公報の段落0033~0052に記載のポリマーのうちの酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂、及び、特開2016-224162号公報の段落0053~0068に記載のバインダーポリマーのうちの酸価60mgKOH/g以上のカルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。
 上記カルボキシ基含有アクリル樹脂におけるカルボキシ基を有する構成単位の共重合比は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対して、5質量%~50質量%が好ましく、10質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、12質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位を有するアクリル樹脂が特に好ましい。
The carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known resins and used.
For example, among the polymers described in paragraphs 0025 of JP2011-95716A, an alkali-soluble resin which is a carboxy group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP2010-237589. Acrylic resin containing a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more, and a carboxy group having an acid value of 60 mgKOH / g or more among the binder polymers described in paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP2016-224162A. Acrylic resin can be mentioned.
The copolymerization ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group in the carboxy group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and 12 by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. More preferably, it is by mass% to 30% by mass.
As the alkali-soluble resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to an adjacent layer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、反応性基を有していてもよい。反応性基としては、付加重合可能な基であればよく、エチレン性不飽和基;ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシ基等の重縮合性基;エポキシ基、(ブロック)イソシアネート基等の重付加反応性基が挙げられる。 The alkali-soluble resin may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be any addition-polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group; a polycondensable group such as a hydroxy group and a carboxy group; a polyadditive reactive group such as an epoxy group and a (block) isocyanate group may be used. Can be mentioned.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、1,000以上が好ましく、1万~10万がより好ましく、2万~5万が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and even more preferably 20,000 to 50,000.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を1種単独で含有してもよく、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、現像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、10質量%~99質量%が好ましく、20質量%~90質量%がより好ましく、40質量%~80質量%が更に好ましく、50質量%~70質量%が特に好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one kind of alkali-soluble resin alone or two or more kinds.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the adjacent layer. Is more preferable, 40% by mass to 80% by mass is further preferable, and 50% by mass to 70% by mass is particularly preferable.
(色素)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、発色時の波長範囲400nm~780nmにおける最大吸収波長が450nm以上であり、酸、塩基、又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素(単に「色素B」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
 色素Bの好ましい態様は、後述する点以外は、色素Nの好ましい態様と同様である。
(Dye)
The thermoplastic resin layer contains a dye (also simply referred to as "dye B") having a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 780 nm at the time of color development and whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, a base, or a radical. It is preferable to do so.
The preferred embodiment of the dye B is the same as the preferred embodiment of the dye N except for the points described later.
 色素Bは、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、酸又はラジカルにより最大吸収波長が変化する色素が好ましく、酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素であることがより好ましい。
 熱可塑性層は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、色素Bとしての酸により最大吸収波長が変化する色素、及び、後述する光により酸を発生する化合物の両者を含有することが好ましい。
The dye B is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or radical, and more preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of exposed and unexposed areas. ..
From the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and unexposed areas, the thermoplastic layer contains both a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes depending on the acid as the dye B and a compound that generates an acid by light, which will be described later. It is preferable to contain it.
 色素Bは、1種単独で使用しても、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 色素Bの含有量は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.2質量%以上が好ましく、0.2質量%~6質量%がより好ましく、0.2質量%~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.25質量%~3.0質量%が特に好ましい。
The dye B may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the dye B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, preferably 0.2% by mass to 6% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part. More preferably, 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass is further preferable, and 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass is particularly preferable.
 ここで、色素Bの含有量は、熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素Bの全てを発色状態にした場合の色素の含有量を意味する。以下に、ラジカルにより発色する色素を例に、色素Bの含有量の定量方法を説明する。
 メチルエチルケトン100mLに、色素0.001g及び0.01gを溶かした溶液を調製する。得られた各溶液に、光ラジカル重合開始剤Irgacure OXE01(商品名、BASFジャパン株式会社)を加え、365nmの光を照射することによりラジカルを発生させ、全ての色素を発色状態にする。その後、大気雰囲気下で、分光光度計(UV3100、(株)島津製作所製)を用いて、液温が25℃である各溶液の吸光度を測定し、検量線を作成する。
 次に、色素に代えて熱可塑性樹脂層0.1gをメチルエチルケトンに溶かすこと以外は上記と同様の方法で、色素を全て発色させた溶液の吸光度を測定する。得られた熱可塑性樹脂層を含有する溶液の吸光度から、検量線に基づいて熱可塑性樹脂層に含まれる色素の量を算出する。
Here, the content of the dye B means the content of the dye when all the dyes B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer are in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of dye B will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example.
A solution prepared by dissolving 0.001 g and 0.01 g of the dye in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone is prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, BASF Japan Ltd.) is added to each of the obtained solutions, and radicals are generated by irradiating with light of 365 nm to bring all the dyes into a colored state. Then, in an atmospheric atmosphere, the absorbance of each solution having a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. is measured using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and a calibration curve is prepared.
Next, the absorbance of the solution in which all the dyes are colored is measured by the same method as above except that 0.1 g of the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone instead of the dye. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the dye contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated based on the calibration curve.
(光により酸、塩基又はラジカルを発生する化合物)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光により酸、塩基又はラジカルを発生する化合物(単に「化合物C」ともいう。)を含有してもよい。
 化合物Cとしては、紫外線及び可視光線等の活性光線を受けて、酸、塩基、又はラジカルを発生する化合物が好ましい。
 化合物Cとしては、公知の、光酸発生剤、光塩基発生剤、及び、光ラジカル重合開始剤(光ラジカル発生剤)を用いることができる。中でも、光酸発生剤が好ましい。
(Compounds that generate acids, bases or radicals with light)
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound (also simply referred to as “compound C”) that generates an acid, a base or a radical by light.
As the compound C, a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by receiving active rays such as ultraviolet rays and visible rays is preferable.
As the compound C, a known photoacid generator, photobase generator, and photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical generator) can be used. Of these, a photoacid generator is preferable.
-光酸発生剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性の観点から、光酸発生剤を含有することが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂層が含有してもよい光カチオン重合開始剤が挙げられ、後述する点以外は好ましい態様も同じである。
-Photoacid generator-
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator from the viewpoint of resolution.
Examples of the photoacid generator include a photocationic polymerization initiator that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiments are the same except for the points described below.
 光酸発生剤としては、感度及び解像性の観点から、オニウム塩化合物、及び、オキシムスルホネート化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物を含有することが好ましく、感度、解像性及び密着性の観点から、オキシムスルホネート化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
 また、光酸発生剤としては、以下の構造を有する光酸発生剤も好ましい。
The photoacid generator preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an onium salt compound and an oxime sulfonate compound from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and preferably contains sensitivity, resolution and resolution. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.
Further, as the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator having the following structure is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
-光ラジカル重合開始剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光ラジカル重合開始剤(光ラジカル重合開始剤)を含有してもよい。
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂層が含有してもよい光ラジカル重合開始剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。
-Photoradical polymerization initiator-
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator (photoradical polymerization initiator).
Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include a photoradical polymerization initiator that may be contained in the photosensitive resin layer described above, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-光塩基発生剤-
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、光塩基発生剤を含有してもよい。
 光塩基発生剤としては、公知の光塩基発生剤であれば特に制限されず、例えば、2-ニトロベンジルシクロヘキシルカルバメート、トリフェニルメタノール、O-カルバモイルヒドロキシルアミド、O-カルバモイルオキシム、[[(2,6-ジニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]シクロヘキシルアミン、ビス[[(2-ニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニル]ヘキサン1,6-ジアミン、4-(メチルチオベンゾイル)-1-メチル-1-モルホリノエタン、(4-モルホリノベンゾイル)-1-ベンジル-1-ジメチルアミノプロパン、N-(2-ニトロベンジルオキシカルボニル)ピロリジン、ヘキサアンミンコバルト(III)トリス(トリフェニルメチルボレート)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタノン、2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2-ニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジン、及び、2,6-ジメチル-3,5-ジアセチル-4-(2,4-ジニトロフェニル)-1,4-ジヒドロピリジンが挙げられる。
-Photobase generator-
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a photobase generator.
The photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a known photobase generator, and for example, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-carbamoyl hydroxylamide, O-carbamoyloxime, [[(2,2). 6-Dinitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] cyclohexylamine, bis [[(2-nitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonyl] hexane 1,6-diamine, 4- (methylthiobenzoyl) -1-methyl-1-morpholinoetan, (4) -Morholinobenzoyl) -1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N- (2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) pyrrolidine, hexaammine cobalt (III) tris (triphenylmethylborate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butanone, 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4- (2-nitrophenyl) -1,4-dihydropyridine, and 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl -4- (2,4-dinitrophenyl) -1,4-dihydropyridine can be mentioned.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、化合物Cを、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 化合物Cの含有量は、露光部及び非露光部の視認性並びに解像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対して、0.1質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~5質量%がより好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain the compound C alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of compound C is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed and unexposed areas. More preferably, it is by mass% to 5% by mass.
(可塑剤)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、解像性、隣接する層との密着性及び現像性の観点から、可塑剤を含有することが好ましい。
 可塑剤は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂よりも分子量(オリゴマー又はポリマーである場合は重量平均分子量(Mw))が小さいことが好ましい。可塑剤の分子量(重量平均分子量(Mw))は、200~2,000が好ましい。
 可塑剤は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と相溶して可塑性を発現する化合物であれば特に制限されないが、可塑性付与の観点から、可塑剤は、分子中にアルキレンオキシ基を有することが好ましく、ポリアルキレングリコール化合物がより好ましい。可塑剤に含まれるアルキレンオキシ基は、ポリエチレンオキシ構造又はポリプロピレンオキシ構造を有することがより好ましい。
(Plasticizer)
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability.
The plasticizer preferably has a smaller molecular weight (weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the case of an oligomer or polymer) than the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer (weight average molecular weight (Mw)) is preferably 200 to 2,000.
The plasticizer is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity, but from the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer preferably has an alkyleneoxy group in the molecule, and is a polyalkylene glycol. Compounds are more preferred. The alkyleneoxy group contained in the plasticizer more preferably has a polyethyleneoxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.
 また、可塑剤は、解像性及び保存安定性の観点から、(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。相溶性、解像性及び隣接する層との密着性の観点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂がアクリル樹脂であり、かつ、可塑剤が(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含有することがより好ましい。
 可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、上述した感光性樹脂層に含有される重合性化合物として記載した(メタ)アクリレート化合物が挙げられる。
 感光性転写部材において、熱可塑性樹脂層と感光性樹脂層とが直接接触して積層される場合、熱可塑性樹脂層及び感光性樹脂層がいずれも同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。同じ(メタ)アクリレート化合物を熱可塑性樹脂層及び感光性樹脂層がそれぞれ含有することで、層間の成分拡散が抑制され、保存安定性が向上するためである。
Further, the plasticizer preferably contains a (meth) acrylate compound from the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution and adhesion to the adjacent layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth) acrylate compound.
Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer include the (meth) acrylate compound described as the polymerizable compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer described above.
In the photosensitive transfer member, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer are directly contacted and laminated, it is preferable that both the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth) acrylate compound. .. This is because the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth) acrylate compound, respectively, so that the diffusion of components between the layers is suppressed and the storage stability is improved.
 熱可塑性樹脂層が可塑剤として(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含有する場合、隣接する層との密着性の観点から、露光後の露光部においても(メタ)アクリレート化合物が重合しないことが好ましい。
 また、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、解像性、隣接する層との密着性及び現像性の観点から、一分子中に2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
 更に、可塑剤として用いられる(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物、又は、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物も好ましい。
When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth) acrylate compound as a plasticizer, it is preferable that the (meth) acrylate compound does not polymerize even in the exposed portion after exposure from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adjacent layer.
The (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer is a polyfunctional compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers, and developability. A (meth) acrylate compound is preferred.
Further, as the (meth) acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, a (meth) acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth) acrylate compound is also preferable.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、可塑剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 可塑剤の含有量は、解像性、隣接する層との密着性及び現像性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対し、1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、10質量%~60質量%がより好ましく、20質量%~50質量%が特に好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of plasticizer alone, or may contain two or more types of plasticizer.
The content of the plasticizer is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass and 10% by mass to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of resolution, adhesion to adjacent layers and developability. By mass% is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.
(界面活性剤)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、厚さ均一性の観点から、界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。
 界面活性剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂層が含有してもよい界面活性剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。
(Surfactant)
The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant from the viewpoint of thickness uniformity.
Examples of the surfactant include surfactants that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and the preferred embodiment is the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、界面活性剤を1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~3質量%がより好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of surfactant alone or two or more types.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer.
(増感剤)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、増感剤を含有してもよい。
 増感剤としては、特に制限されず、上述した感光性樹脂層が含有してもよい増感剤が挙げられる。
(Sensitizer)
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a sensitizer.
The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a sensitizer that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer.
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、増感剤を、1種単独で含有してもよいし、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 増感剤の含有量は、目的により適宜選択できるが、光源に対する感度の向上、及び、露光部及び非露光部の視認性の観点から、熱可塑性樹脂層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~5質量%の範囲が好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%の範囲がより好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin layer may contain one type of sensitizer alone or two or more types.
The content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and the visibility of the exposed and non-exposed areas, 0.01 mass with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. The range of% to 5% by mass is preferable, and the range of 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.
(添加剤等)
 熱可塑性樹脂層は、上記成分以外に、必要に応じて公知の添加剤を含有してもよい。
 また、熱可塑性樹脂層については、特開2014-85643号公報の段落0189~0193に記載されており、この公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Additives, etc.)
In addition to the above components, the thermoplastic resin layer may contain known additives, if necessary.
Further, the thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643, and the contents described in this publication are incorporated in the present specification.
<物性等>
 熱可塑性樹脂層の層厚は、特に制限されないが、隣接する層との密着性の観点から、1μm以上が好ましく、2μm以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、現像性及び解像性の観点から、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。
<Physical characteristics, etc.>
The layer thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion to adjacent layers. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability and resolution, 20 μm or less is preferable, 10 μm or less is more preferable, and 5 μm or less is further preferable.
<形成方法>
 熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法は、上記の成分を含有する層を形成可能な方法であれば特に制限されない。
 熱可塑性樹脂層の形成方法としては、例えば、上記の成分と溶剤とを含有する熱可塑性樹脂組成物を調製し、仮支持体等の表面に熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥することにより形成する方法が挙げられる。
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の粘度を調節し、熱可塑性樹脂層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
<Formation method>
The method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above components.
As a method for forming the thermoplastic resin layer, for example, a thermoplastic resin composition containing the above components and a solvent is prepared, and the thermoplastic resin composition is applied to the surface of a temporary support or the like to form the thermoplastic resin composition. Examples thereof include a method of forming by drying a coating film of an object.
The thermoplastic resin composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition and facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer.
(溶剤)
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤としては、熱可塑性樹脂層に含有される上記成分を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されない。
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤としては、上述した感光性樹脂組成物が含有してもよい溶剤が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同じである。
(solvent)
The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer can be dissolved or dispersed.
Examples of the solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition include a solvent that may be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物に含有される溶剤は、1種単独であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布する際における溶剤の含有量は、熱可塑性樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対し、50質量部~1,900質量部が好ましく、100質量部~900質量部がより好ましい。
The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition may be one kind alone or two or more kinds.
The content of the solvent when the thermoplastic resin composition is applied is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition. More preferred.
 熱可塑性樹脂組成物の調製及び熱可塑性樹脂層の形成は、上述した感光性樹脂組成物の調製方法及び感光性樹脂層の形成方法に準じて行えばよい。
 例えば、熱可塑性樹脂層に含有される各成分を上記溶剤に溶解させた溶液を予め調製し、得られた溶液を所定の割合で混合することにより、熱可塑性樹脂組成物が調製した後、
得られた熱可塑性樹脂組成物を仮支持体の表面に塗布し、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させることにより、熱可塑性樹脂層が形成される。
 また、後述するカバーフィルム上に、感光性樹脂層及び中間層を形成した後、中間層の表面に熱可塑性樹脂層を形成してもよい。
The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out according to the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer described above.
For example, a solution in which each component contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is dissolved in the above solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solution is mixed at a predetermined ratio to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
The thermoplastic resin layer is formed by applying the obtained thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition.
Further, after forming the photosensitive resin layer and the intermediate layer on the cover film described later, the thermoplastic resin layer may be formed on the surface of the intermediate layer.
〔中間層〕
 感光性転写部材は、熱可塑性樹脂層と感光性樹脂層との間に、中間層を備えることが好ましい。中間層を備えることにより、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制できる。
 中間層は、現像性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、水溶性の層であることが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において「水溶性」とは、液温が22℃であるpH7.0の水100gへの溶解度が0.1g以上であることを意味する。
[Middle layer]
The photosensitive transfer member preferably has an intermediate layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. By providing the intermediate layer, it is possible to suppress the mixing of the components when the plurality of layers are applied and when the layers are stored after application.
The intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble layer from the viewpoint of developability and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application.
In the present specification, "water-soluble" means that the solubility in 100 g of water having a liquid temperature of 22 ° C. and a pH of 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.
 中間層としては、特開平5-72724号公報に「分離層」として記載されている、酸素遮断機能のある酸素遮断層が挙げられる。中間層が酸素遮断層であると、露光時の感度が向上し、露光機の時間負荷が低減し、生産性が向上するため、好ましい。
 中間層として用いられる酸素遮断層は、上記公報等に記載された公知の層から適宜選択すればよい。中でも、低い酸素透過性を示し、水又はアルカリ水溶液(22℃の炭酸ナトリウムの1質量%水溶液)に分散又は溶解する酸素遮断層が好ましい。
Examples of the intermediate layer include an oxygen blocking layer having an oxygen blocking function, which is described as a “separation layer” in JP-A-5-72724. When the intermediate layer is an oxygen blocking layer, the sensitivity at the time of exposure is improved, the time load of the exposure machine is reduced, and the productivity is improved, which is preferable.
The oxygen blocking layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from the known layers described in the above publications and the like. Of these, an oxygen blocking layer that exhibits low oxygen permeability and is dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22 ° C.) is preferable.
 中間層は、樹脂を含有することが好ましい。
 中間層に含有される樹脂としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、ポリビニルピロリドン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンオキサイド系樹脂、ゼラチン、ビニルエーテル系樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、及び、これらの共重合体等の樹脂が挙げられる。
 中間層に含有される樹脂としては、水溶性樹脂が好ましい。
 また、中間層に含有される樹脂は、複数層間の成分の混合を抑制する観点から、感光性樹脂層に含有される重合体A、及び、熱可塑性樹脂層に含有され熱可塑性樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)のいずれとも異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。
The intermediate layer preferably contains a resin.
Examples of the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resin, cellulose-based resin, acrylamide-based resin, polyethylene oxide-based resin, gelatin, vinyl ether-based resin, polyamide resin, and their common weights. Examples include resins such as coalescence.
As the resin contained in the intermediate layer, a water-soluble resin is preferable.
Further, the resin contained in the intermediate layer contains the polymer A contained in the photosensitive resin layer and the thermoplastic resin (alkali soluble) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer from the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of the components between the plurality of layers. It is preferable that the resin is different from any of the resins).
 中間層は、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、ポリビニルアルコールを含有することが好ましく、ポリビニルアルコール及びポリビニルピロリドンの両者を含有することがより好ましい。 The intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and contains both polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. It is more preferable to contain it.
 中間層は、上記樹脂を1種単独で含有してもよく、2種以上を含有してもよい。
 中間層における樹脂の含有量は、特に制限されないが、酸素遮断性、並びに、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制する観点から、中間層の全質量に対し、50質量%~100質量%が好ましく、70質量%~100質量%がより好ましく、80質量%~100質量%が更に好ましく、90質量%~100質量%が特に好ましい。
 また、中間層は、必要に応じて界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。
The intermediate layer may contain the above resin alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the resin in the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is based on the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of oxygen blocking property and suppressing the mixing of components during application of the plurality of layers and storage after application. , 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, further preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass.
Further, the intermediate layer may contain an additive such as a surfactant, if necessary.
 中間層の層厚は、特に制限されないが、0.1μm~5μmが好ましく、0.5μm~3μmがより好ましい。
 中間層の厚みが上記の範囲内であると、酸素遮断性を低下させることがなく、複数層を塗布する際及び塗布後の保存の際における成分の混合を抑制でき、また、現像時の中間層除去時間の増大を抑制できるためである。
The layer thickness of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm.
When the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, the oxygen blocking property is not lowered, the mixing of the components at the time of applying the plurality of layers and at the time of storage after application can be suppressed, and the intermediate layer at the time of development is intermediate. This is because an increase in layer removal time can be suppressed.
 中間層の形成方法は、特に制限されず、例えば、上記樹脂及び任意の添加剤を含有する中間層組成物を調製し、熱可塑性樹脂層又は感光性樹脂層の表面に塗布し、中間層組成物の塗膜を乾燥することにより、中間層を形成する方法が挙げられる。
 中間層組成物は、中間層組成物の粘度を調節し、中間層の形成を容易にするため、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
The method for forming the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and for example, an intermediate layer composition containing the above resin and any additive is prepared and applied to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer to form the intermediate layer composition. Examples thereof include a method of forming an intermediate layer by drying a coating film of an object.
The intermediate layer composition preferably contains a solvent in order to adjust the viscosity of the intermediate layer composition and facilitate the formation of the intermediate layer.
 中間層組成物に含有される溶剤としては、上記樹脂を溶解又は分散可能であれば特に制限されず、水及び水混和性の有機溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種が好ましく、水又は水と水混和性の有機溶剤との混合溶剤がより好ましい。
 水混和性の有機溶剤としては、例えば、炭素数1~3のアルコール、アセトン、エチレングリコール及びグリセリンが挙げられ、炭素数1~3のアルコールが好ましく、メタノール又はエタノールがより好ましい。
The solvent contained in the intermediate layer composition is not particularly limited as long as the above resin can be dissolved or dispersed, and at least one selected from the group consisting of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is preferable, and water or water or water is preferable. A mixed solvent of water and a water-miscible organic solvent is more preferable.
Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol and glycerin, and alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferable, and methanol or ethanol is more preferable.
〔カバーフィルム〕
 感光性転写部材は、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向していない面に接するカバーフィルムを備えることが好ましい。
 以下、本明細書において、感光性樹脂層の仮支持体に対向する面を「第1面」ともいい、第1面とは反対側の面を「第2面」ともいう。
[Cover film]
The photosensitive transfer member preferably includes a cover film that is in contact with a surface of the photosensitive resin layer that does not face the temporary support.
Hereinafter, in the present specification, the surface of the photosensitive resin layer facing the temporary support is also referred to as a "first surface", and the surface opposite to the first surface is also referred to as a "second surface".
 カバーフィルムを構成する材料としては、樹脂フィルム及び紙が挙げられ、強度及び可撓性の観点から、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
 樹脂フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、トリ酢酸セルロースフィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、及び、ポリカーボネートフィルムが挙げられる。中でも、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、又は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましい。
Examples of the material constituting the cover film include a resin film and paper, and a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of strength and flexibility.
Examples of the resin film include a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a cellulose triacetate film, a polystyrene film, and a polycarbonate film. Of these, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
 カバーフィルムの厚さ(層厚)は、特に制限されないが、5μm~100μmが好ましく、10~50μmがより好ましい。
 また、カバーフィルムの感光性樹脂層に接する面(以下単に「カバーフィルムの表面」ともいう)の算術平均粗さRa値は、解像性により優れる点から、0.3μm以下が好ましく、0.1μm以下がより好ましく、0.05μm以下が更に好ましい。カバーフィルムの表面のRa値が上記範囲であることにより、感光性樹脂層及び形成される樹脂パターンの層厚の均一性が向上するためと考えられる。
 カバーフィルムの表面のRa値の下限は特に制限されないが、0.001μm以上が好ましい。
The thickness (layer thickness) of the cover film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, and more preferably 10 to 50 μm.
Further, the arithmetic average roughness Ra value of the surface of the cover film in contact with the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the surface of the cover film”) is preferably 0.3 μm or less from the viewpoint of excellent resolution. 1 μm or less is more preferable, and 0.05 μm or less is further preferable. It is considered that when the Ra value on the surface of the cover film is within the above range, the uniformity of the layer thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern is improved.
The lower limit of the Ra value on the surface of the cover film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001 μm or more.
 カバーフィルムの表面のRa値は、以下の方法で測定される。
 3次元光学プロファイラー(New View7300、Zygo社製)を用いて、以下の条件にてカバーフィルムの表面を測定し、光学フィルムの表面プロファイルを得る。
 測定・解析ソフトとしては、MetroPro ver8.3.2のMicroscope Applicationを用いる。次に、上記解析ソフトにてSurface Map画面を表示し、Surface Map画面中でヒストグラムデータを得る。得られたヒストグラムデータから、算術平均粗さを算出し、カバーフィルムの表面のRa値を得る。
 カバーフィルムが感光性転写部材に貼り合わされている場合は、感光性転写部材からカバーフィルムを剥離して、剥離した側の表面のRa値を測定すればよい。
The Ra value on the surface of the cover film is measured by the following method.
Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo), the surface of the cover film is measured under the following conditions to obtain a surface profile of the optical film.
As the measurement / analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver 8.3.2 is used. Next, the Surface Map screen is displayed with the above analysis software, and histogram data is obtained in the Surface Map screen. From the obtained histogram data, the arithmetic mean roughness is calculated to obtain the Ra value of the surface of the cover film.
When the cover film is attached to the photosensitive transfer member, the cover film may be peeled off from the photosensitive transfer member, and the Ra value of the surface on the peeled side may be measured.
 感光性転写部材は、上述した層以外の層(以下「その他の層」ともいう。)を備えてもよい。その他の層としては、例えば、コントラストエンハンスメント層が挙げられる。
 コントラストエンハンスメント層については、国際公開第2018/179640号の段落0134に記載されている。また、その他の層については特開2014-85643号公報の段落0194~0196に記載されている。これらの公報の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The photosensitive transfer member may include a layer other than the above-mentioned layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”). Other layers include, for example, a contrast enhancement layer.
The contrast enhancement layer is described in paragraph 0134 of WO 2018/179640. Further, other layers are described in paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-85643. The contents of these gazettes are incorporated herein by reference.
 感光性転写部材における仮支持体及びカバーフィルムを除く各層の総厚さは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、2μm以上8μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
 また、感光性転写部材における感光性樹脂層、中間層及び熱可塑性樹脂層の総厚さは、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、20μm以下であることが好ましく、10μm以下であることがより好ましく、8μm以下であることが更に好ましく、2μm以上8μm以下であることが特に好ましい。
The total thickness of each layer of the photosensitive transfer member excluding the temporary support and the cover film is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 8 μm or less from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.
Further, the total thickness of the photosensitive resin layer, the intermediate layer and the thermoplastic resin layer in the photosensitive transfer member is preferably 20 μm or less, preferably 10 μm or less, from the viewpoint of further exerting the effects in the present disclosure. It is more preferably 8 μm or less, and particularly preferably 2 μm or more and 8 μm or less.
〔感光性転写部材の製造方法〕
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の製造方法は、特に制限されず、公知の製造方法、例えば、公知の各層の形成方法を用いることができる。
 以下、図2を参照しながら、本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の製造方法について説明する。但し、本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材は、図2に示す構成を有するものに制限されない。
 図2は、本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の構成の一例を示す概略図である。図2に示す感光性転写部材100は、仮支持体10と、熱可塑性樹脂層12と、中間層14と、感光性樹脂層16と、カバーフィルム18とがこの順に積層された構成を有する。
[Manufacturing method of photosensitive transfer member]
The method for producing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a known production method, for example, a known method for forming each layer can be used.
Hereinafter, a method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. However, the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure is not limited to the one having the configuration shown in FIG.
FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure. The photosensitive transfer member 100 shown in FIG. 2 has a structure in which a temporary support 10, a thermoplastic resin layer 12, an intermediate layer 14, a photosensitive resin layer 16, and a cover film 18 are laminated in this order.
 上記の感光性転写部材100の製造方法としては、例えば、仮支持体10の表面に熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布した後、熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させることにより、熱可塑性樹脂層12を形成する工程と、熱可塑性樹脂層12の表面に中間層組成物を塗布した後、中間層組成物の塗膜を乾燥させて中間層14を形成する工程と、中間層14の表面にバインダーポリマー及び重合性化合物を含有する感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した後、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を乾燥させて感光性樹脂層16を形成する工程とを含む方法が挙げられる。
 上記の製造方法において、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有する熱可塑性樹脂組成物と、水及び水混和性の有機溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有する中間層組成物と、バインダーポリマー、重合性化合物、並びに、アルキレングリコールエーテル溶剤及びアルキレングリコールエーテルアセテート溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有する感光性樹脂組成物とを使用することが好ましい。これにより、熱可塑性樹脂層12の表面への中間層組成物の塗布、及び/又は、中間層組成物の塗膜を有する積層体の保存期間における、熱可塑性樹脂層12に含有される成分と中間層14に含有される成分との混合を抑制でき、なお且つ、中間層14の表面への感光性樹脂組成物の塗布、及び/又は、感光性樹脂組成物の塗膜を有する積層体の保存期間における、中間層14に含有される成分と感光性樹脂層16に含有される成分との混合を抑制できる。
As a method for producing the photosensitive transfer member 100, for example, the thermoplastic resin layer is formed by applying the thermoplastic resin composition to the surface of the temporary support 10 and then drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition. A step of forming the intermediate layer 12, a step of applying the intermediate layer composition to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 12, and then drying the coating film of the intermediate layer composition to form the intermediate layer 14, and a step of forming the intermediate layer 14 on the surface of the intermediate layer 14. A method including a step of applying a photosensitive resin composition containing a binder polymer and a polymerizable compound and then drying a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition to form a photosensitive resin layer 16 can be mentioned.
In the above production method, it is selected from the group consisting of a thermoplastic resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, and a water- and water-mixable organic solvent. A photosensitive resin composition containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an intermediate layer composition containing at least one of the above, a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. It is preferable to use and. As a result, the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer 12 during the application of the intermediate layer composition to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer 12 and / or the storage period of the laminate having the coating film of the intermediate layer composition. A laminate having a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 14 and / or a coating film of the photosensitive resin composition, which can suppress mixing with the components contained in the intermediate layer 14. During the storage period, mixing of the component contained in the intermediate layer 14 and the component contained in the photosensitive resin layer 16 can be suppressed.
 上記の製造方法により製造された積層体の感光性樹脂層16に、カバーフィルム18を圧着させることにより、感光性転写部材100が製造される。
 本開示に用いられる感光性転写部材の製造方法としては、感光性樹脂層16の第2面に接するようにカバーフィルム18を設ける工程を含むことにより、仮支持体10、熱可塑性樹脂層12、中間層14、感光性樹脂層16及びカバーフィルム18を備える感光性転写部材100を製造することが好ましい。
 上記の製造方法により感光性転写部材100を製造した後、感光性転写部材100を巻き取ることにより、ロール形態の感光性転写部材を作製及び保管してもよい。ロール形態の感光性転写部材は、後述するロールツーロール方式での基板との貼り合わせ工程にそのままの形態で提供できる。
The photosensitive transfer member 100 is manufactured by pressing the cover film 18 against the photosensitive resin layer 16 of the laminate manufactured by the above manufacturing method.
The method for manufacturing the photosensitive transfer member used in the present disclosure includes a step of providing a cover film 18 so as to be in contact with the second surface of the photosensitive resin layer 16, so that the temporary support 10, the thermoplastic resin layer 12, and the thermoplastic resin layer 12 are provided. It is preferable to manufacture the photosensitive transfer member 100 including the intermediate layer 14, the photosensitive resin layer 16, and the cover film 18.
After manufacturing the photosensitive transfer member 100 by the above manufacturing method, the photosensitive transfer member 100 in the form of a roll may be manufactured and stored by winding the photosensitive transfer member 100. The roll-type photosensitive transfer member can be provided as it is in the process of bonding with the substrate in the roll-to-roll method described later.
[回路配線の製造方法]
 本開示に係る回路配線の製造方法は、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法を含む回路配線の製造方法であれば、特に制限されない。
 回路配線の製造方法としては、上記基板が、上記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、及び、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された樹脂パターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理する工程(以下「エッチング工程」ともいう。)を含む方法が好ましく、上記貼り合わせ工程と、上記露光工程と、上記現像工程とを含む製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンを使用する場合、より好ましい。
 以下、回路配線の製造方法が含む各工程について説明するが、特に言及した場合を除き、樹脂パターンの製造方法に含まれる各工程について説明した内容は、回路配線の製造方法に含まれる各工程についても適用されるものとする。
[Manufacturing method of circuit wiring]
The circuit wiring manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a circuit wiring manufacturing method including the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure.
As a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring, the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side where the resin pattern is formed, and the resin pattern manufactured by the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is in this order. A method including a step of etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged (hereinafter, also referred to as an “etching step”) is preferable in the laminated body laminated in (1), and the above-mentioned bonding step and the above-mentioned exposure step. It is more preferable to use a resin pattern produced by a production method including the above-mentioned development step.
Hereinafter, each process included in the circuit wiring manufacturing method will be described, but unless otherwise specified, the contents described for each process included in the resin pattern manufacturing method are for each process included in the circuit wiring manufacturing method. Also shall apply.
〔エッチング工程〕
 回路配線の製造方法は、基板、導電層及び樹脂パターン(より好ましくは、上記貼り合わせ工程と、上記露光工程と、上記現像工程とを含む製造方法により製造された樹脂パターン)がこの順で積層された積層体において、樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理する工程(エッチング工程)を含むことが好ましい。「樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理する」とは、具体的には、導電層をエッチングして、その上に樹脂パターンが配置されていない導電層の一部を除去することを意味する。
[Etching process]
In the circuit wiring manufacturing method, a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern (more preferably, a resin pattern manufactured by a manufacturing method including the bonding step, the exposure step, and the developing step) are laminated in this order. It is preferable to include a step (etching step) of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body. “Etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged” specifically means that the conductive layer is etched and a part of the conductive layer on which the resin pattern is not arranged is removed. Means to do.
 エッチング工程では、感光性樹脂層から形成された樹脂パターンを、エッチングレジストとして使用し、導電層のエッチング処理を行う。
 エッチング処理の方法としては、公知の方法を適用でき、例えば、特開2017-120435号公報の段落0209~段落0210に記載の方法、特開2010-152155号公報の段落0048~段落0054に記載の方法、エッチング液に浸漬するウェットエッチング法、及び、プラズマエッチング等のドライエッチングによる方法が挙げられる。
In the etching step, the resin pattern formed from the photosensitive resin layer is used as an etching resist, and the conductive layer is etched.
As a method of etching treatment, a known method can be applied, and for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP2017-120435A and the method described in paragraphs 0048 to 0054 of JP2010-152155A. Examples thereof include a wet etching method in which the material is immersed in an etching solution, and a dry etching method such as plasma etching.
 ウェットエッチングに用いられるエッチング液は、エッチングの対象に合わせて酸性又はアルカリ性のエッチング液を適宜選択すればよい。 
 酸性のエッチング液としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、酢酸、フッ酸、シュウ酸及びリン酸から選択される酸性成分単独の水溶液、並びに、酸性成分と、塩化第2鉄、フッ化アンモニウム及び過マンガン酸カリウムから選択される塩との混合水溶液が挙げられる。酸性成分は、複数の酸性成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。 
 アルカリ性のエッチング液としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、アンモニア、有機アミン、及び、有機アミンの塩(テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド等)から選択されるアルカリ成分単独の水溶液、並びに、アルカリ成分と塩(過マンガン酸カリウム等)との混合水溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ成分は、複数のアルカリ成分を組み合わせた成分であってもよい。
As the etching solution used for wet etching, an acidic or alkaline etching solution may be appropriately selected according to the etching target.
Examples of the acidic etching solution include an aqueous solution of an acidic component alone selected from hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid and phosphoric acid, an acidic component, ferric chloride, ammonium fluoride and Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with a salt selected from potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a component in which a plurality of acidic components are combined.
As the alkaline etching solution, an aqueous solution of an alkaline component alone selected from sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, an organic amine, and a salt of an organic amine (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc.), and an alkaline component and a salt. Examples thereof include a mixed aqueous solution with (potassium permanganate, etc.). The alkaline component may be a component in which a plurality of alkaline components are combined.
〔除去工程〕
 回路配線の製造方法においては、残存する樹脂パターンを除去する工程(除去工程)を行うことが好ましい。
 除去工程は、特に制限されず、必要に応じて行うことができるが、エッチング工程の後に行うことが好ましい。
 残存する樹脂パターンを除去する方法としては特に制限されないが、薬品処理により除去する方法が挙げられ、除去液を用いて除去する方法が好ましい。
 感光性樹脂層の除去方法としては、液温が好ましくは30℃~80℃、より好ましくは50℃~80℃である撹拌中の除去液に、残存する樹脂パターンを有する基板を、1分間~30分間浸漬する方法が挙げられる。
[Removal process]
In the circuit wiring manufacturing method, it is preferable to perform a step (removal step) of removing the remaining resin pattern.
The removing step is not particularly limited and can be performed as needed, but it is preferably performed after the etching step.
The method for removing the remaining resin pattern is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for removing by chemical treatment, and a method for removing with a removing liquid is preferable.
As a method for removing the photosensitive resin layer, a substrate having a residual resin pattern is placed in a stirring liquid having a liquid temperature of preferably 30 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 50 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 minute. A method of immersing for 30 minutes can be mentioned.
 除去液としては、例えば、無機アルカリ成分又は有機アルカリ成分を、水、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン又はこれらの混合溶液に溶解させた除去液が挙げられる。無機アルカリ成分としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム及び水酸化カリウムが挙げられる。有機アルカリ成分としては、第1級アミン化合物、第2級アミン化合物、第3級アミン化合物及び第4級アンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。
 また、除去液を使用し、スプレー法、シャワー法及びパドル法等の公知の方法により除去してもよい。
Examples of the removing liquid include a removing liquid in which an inorganic alkaline component or an organic alkaline component is dissolved in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof. Examples of the inorganic alkaline component include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide. Examples of the organic alkali component include a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound and a quaternary ammonium salt compound.
Further, the removing liquid may be used and removed by a known method such as a spray method, a shower method and a paddle method.
〔その他の工程〕
 回路配線の製造方法は、上述した工程以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。例えば、以下の工程が挙げられるが、これらの工程に制限されない。
 また、回路配線の製造方法に適用可能な露光工程、現像工程、及びその他の工程としては、特開2006-23696号公報の段落0035~0051に記載の工程が挙げられる。
[Other processes]
The method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include an arbitrary step (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the following steps can be mentioned, but the steps are not limited to these steps.
Further, examples of the exposure step, the developing step, and other steps applicable to the method for manufacturing the circuit wiring include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of JP-A-2006-23696.
<可視光線反射率を低下させる工程>
 回路配線の製造方法は、基板が有する複数の導電層の一部又は全ての可視光線反射率を低下させる処理を行う工程を含んでいてもよい。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理としては、酸化処理が挙げられる。基板が銅を含有する導電層を有する場合、銅を酸化処理して酸化銅とし、導電層を黒化することにより、導電層の可視光線反射率を低下させることができる。
 可視光線反射率を低下させる処理については、特開2014-150118号公報の段落0017~0025、並びに、特開2013-206315号公報の段落0041、段落0042、段落0048及び段落0058に記載されており、これらの公報に記載の内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Step to reduce visible light reflectance>
The method for manufacturing the circuit wiring may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers of the substrate.
Examples of the treatment for reducing the visible light reflectance include an oxidation treatment. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be reduced by oxidizing copper to copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer.
The treatment for lowering the visible light reflectance is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118 and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048 and 0058 of JP-A-2013-206315. , The contents of these publications are incorporated herein by reference.
<絶縁膜を形成する工程、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程>
 回路配線の製造方法は、回路配線の表面に絶縁膜を形成する工程と、絶縁膜の表面に新たな導電層を形成する工程と、を含むことも好ましい。
 上記の工程により、第一の電極パターンと絶縁した第二の電極パターンを形成することができる。
 絶縁膜を形成する工程としては、特に制限されず、公知の永久膜を形成する方法が挙げられる。また、絶縁性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの絶縁膜を形成してもよい。
 絶縁膜上に新たな導電層を形成する工程は、特に制限されず、例えば、導電性を有する感光性材料を用いて、フォトリソグラフィにより所望のパターンの新たな導電層を形成してもよい。
<Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film>
The method for manufacturing a circuit wiring preferably includes a step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and a step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film.
By the above steps, a second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed.
The step of forming the insulating film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known method of forming a permanent film. Further, an insulating film having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having an insulating property.
The step of forming the new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited, and for example, a new conductive layer having a desired pattern may be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having conductivity.
 回路配線の製造方法は、基板の両方の表面にそれぞれ複数の導電層を有する基板を用い、基板の両方の表面に形成された導電層に対して逐次又は同時に回路形成することも好ましい。このような構成により、基板の一方の表面に第一の導電パターン、もう一方の表面に第二の導電パターンを形成したタッチパネル用回路配線を形成できる。また、このような構成のタッチパネル用回路配線を、ロールツーロールで基板の両面から形成することも好ましい。 As a method for manufacturing circuit wiring, it is also preferable to use a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers on both surfaces of the substrate, and to form circuits sequentially or simultaneously on the conductive layers formed on both surfaces of the substrate. With such a configuration, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which a first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of a substrate and a second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface. It is also preferable to form the touch panel circuit wiring having such a configuration from both sides of the substrate by roll-to-roll.
〔回路配線の用途〕
 回路配線の製造方法により製造される回路配線は、種々の装置に適用することができる。上記の製造方法により製造される回路配線を備えた装置としては、例えば、入力装置が挙げられ、タッチパネルが好ましく、静電容量型タッチパネルがより好ましい。また、上記入力装置は、有機EL表示装置及び液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用できる。
[Use of circuit wiring]
The circuit wiring manufactured by the method of manufacturing the circuit wiring can be applied to various devices. Examples of the device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the above manufacturing method include an input device, a touch panel is preferable, and a capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. Further, the input device can be applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device.
[タッチパネルの製造方法]
 本開示に係るタッチパネルの製造方法は、本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法を含む回路配線の製造方法であれば、特に制限されない。
 タッチパネルの製造方法としては、上記基板が、上記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、及び、上記の感光性転写部材を用いて製造された樹脂パターンがこの順で積層された積層体において、樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある導電層をエッチング処理することにより、タッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含む方法が好ましく、上記貼り合わせ工程と、上記露光工程と、上記現像工程とを含む製造方法により製造される樹脂パターンを使用する場合、より好ましい。
[Manufacturing method of touch panel]
The touch panel manufacturing method according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a circuit wiring manufacturing method including the resin pattern manufacturing method according to the present disclosure.
As a method for manufacturing the touch panel, the substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side where the resin pattern is formed, and the resin patterns manufactured by using the photosensitive transfer member are laminated in this order. A method including a step of forming wiring for a touch panel by etching a conductive layer in a region where a resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body is preferable, and the bonding step, the exposure step, and the above It is more preferable to use a resin pattern produced by a production method including a development step.
 タッチパネルの製造方法における、各工程の具体的な態様、及び、各工程を行う順序等の実施態様については、上述の「樹脂パターンの製造方法」及び「回路配線の製造方法」の項において説明した通りであり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 タッチパネルの製造方法は、上記の方法によりタッチパネル用配線を形成すること以外は、公知のタッチパネルの製造方法を参照すればよい。
 また、タッチパネルの製造方法は、上述した以外の任意の工程(その他の工程)を含んでもよい。
Specific aspects of each step in the touch panel manufacturing method, and embodiments such as the order in which each step is performed have been described in the above-mentioned "Resin pattern manufacturing method" and "Circuit wiring manufacturing method". This is true, and so are the preferred embodiments.
As the method for manufacturing the touch panel, a known method for manufacturing the touch panel may be referred to except that the wiring for the touch panel is formed by the above method.
Further, the touch panel manufacturing method may include any process (other process) other than those described above.
 タッチパネルの製造に用いられるマスクのパターンの一例を、図3及び図4に示す。
 図3に示されるパターンA、及び、図4に示されるパターンBにおいて、SL及びGは非画像部(遮光部)であり、DLはアライメント合わせの枠を仮想的に示したものである。タッチパネルの製造方法において、例えば、図3に示されるパターンAを有するマスクを介して感光性樹脂層を露光することで、SL及びGに対応するパターンAを有する回路配線が形成されたタッチパネルを製造できる。具体的には、国際公開第2016/190405号の図1に記載の方法で作製できる。製造されたタッチパネルの一例においては、Gは透明電極(タッチパネル用電極)が形成される部分であり、SLは周辺取出し部の配線が形成される部分である。
An example of a mask pattern used in manufacturing a touch panel is shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.
In the pattern A shown in FIG. 3 and the pattern B shown in FIG. 4, SL and G are non-image parts (light-shielding parts), and DL is a virtual representation of the alignment alignment frame. In the method of manufacturing a touch panel, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin layer through a mask having a pattern A shown in FIG. 3, a touch panel in which a circuit wiring having a pattern A corresponding to SL and G is formed is manufactured. can. Specifically, it can be produced by the method shown in FIG. 1 of International Publication No. 2016/190405. In an example of the manufactured touch panel, G is a portion where a transparent electrode (touch panel electrode) is formed, and SL is a portion where wiring of a peripheral take-out portion is formed.
 上記のタッチパネルの製造方法により、タッチパネル用配線を少なくとも有するタッチパネルが製造される。タッチパネルは、透明基板と、電極と、絶縁層又は保護層とを有することが好ましい。
 タッチパネルにおける検出方法としては、抵抗膜方式、静電容量方式、超音波方式、電磁誘導方式、及び、光学方式等の公知の方式が挙げられる。中でも、静電容量方式が好ましい。
By the above-mentioned touch panel manufacturing method, a touch panel having at least touch panel wiring is manufactured. The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.
Examples of the detection method on the touch panel include known methods such as a resistive film method, a capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method. Above all, the capacitance method is preferable.
 タッチパネル型としては、いわゆるインセル型(例えば、特表2012-517051号公報の図5、図6、図7及び図8に記載のもの)、いわゆるオンセル型(例えば、特開2013-168125号公報の図19に記載のもの、並びに、特開2012-89102号公報の図1及び図5に記載のもの)、OGS(One Glass Solution)型、TOL(Touch-on-Lens)型(例えば、特開2013-54727号公報の図2に記載のもの)、各種アウトセル型(いわゆる、GG、G1・G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及びG1F等)並びにその他の構成(例えば、特開2013-164871号公報の図6に記載のもの)が挙げられる。
 タッチパネルとしては、例えば、特開2017-120345号公報の段落0229に記載のものが挙げられる。
The touch panel type includes a so-called in-cell type (for example, those shown in FIGS. 5, 6, 7, and 8 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-517501), and a so-called on-cell type (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-168125). Those described in FIG. 19 and those described in FIGS. 1 and 5 of JP2012-89102A, OGS (One Glass Solution) type, TOR (Touch-on-Lens) type (for example, JP-A). 2013-54727 (described in FIG. 2), various out-cell types (so-called GG, G1 / G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, G1F, etc.) and other configurations (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164871). The one shown in FIG. 6).
Examples of the touch panel include those described in paragraph 0229 of JP2017-120345A.
[感光性転写部材]
 本開示に係る感光性転写部材は、仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材であって、上記感光性転写部材により、基板上に上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅が6μmとなる樹脂パターンAを形成した場合に、上記樹脂パターンAの幅方向の断面において、上記基板に接する部分における上記樹脂パターンAのパターン幅が、6.2μm以上である。
 本開示に係る感光性転写部材の好ましい態様は、後述した以外は、上述した本開示に係る樹脂パターンの製造方法に用いられる感光性転写部材の好ましい態様と同様である。
[Photosensitive transfer member]
The photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure is a photosensitive transfer member having a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer, and the position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate on the substrate by the photosensitive transfer member. When the resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 μm is formed in the above, the pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A is 6.2 μm or more.
The preferred embodiment of the photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure is the same as the preferred embodiment of the photosensitive transfer member used in the above-described method for producing a resin pattern according to the present disclosure, except as described later.
 本開示に係る感光性転写部材は、基板上に上記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅が6μmとなる樹脂パターンAを形成した場合に、上記樹脂パターンAの幅方向の断面において、上記基板に接する部分における上記樹脂パターンAのパターン幅は、解像性及び直線性の観点から、6.2μm以上9.0μm以下であることが好ましく、6.2μm以上8.4μm以下であることがより好ましく、6.3μm以上8.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、6.4μm以上8.0μm以下であることが特に好ましい。 The photosensitive transfer member according to the present disclosure has a cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A when a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 μm at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate is formed on the substrate. The pattern width of the resin pattern A in the portion in contact with the substrate is preferably 6.2 μm or more and 9.0 μm or less, and 6.2 μm or more and 8.4 μm or less from the viewpoint of resolution and linearity. It is more preferable that the thickness is 6.3 μm or more and 8.0 μm or less, and 6.4 μm or more and 8.0 μm or less is particularly preferable.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明の実施形態を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本発明の実施形態の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。したがって、本発明の実施形態の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
(実施例1~9、及び、比較例1~3)
<感光性転写部材の作製>
-熱可塑性樹脂層の形成-
 仮支持体として厚さ25μmのPETフィルムを用意した。仮支持体の表面に、スリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0m、且つ、乾燥後の層厚が4.0μmとなるように下記熱可塑性樹脂組成物を塗布した。
 形成された熱可塑性樹脂組成物の塗膜を80℃で40秒間かけて乾燥し、熱可塑性樹脂層を形成した。
(Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
<Manufacturing of photosensitive transfer member>
-Formation of thermoplastic resin layer-
A PET film having a thickness of 25 μm was prepared as a temporary support. The following thermoplastic resin composition was applied to the surface of the temporary support using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width was 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying was 4.0 μm.
The formed coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition was dried at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a thermoplastic resin layer.
<<熱可塑性樹脂組成物>>
 以下の成分を混合して熱可塑性樹脂組成物を調製した。
・ベンジルメタクリレート、メタクリル酸及びアクリル酸の共重合体(固形分濃度30.0%、Mw30,000、酸価153mgKOH/g):42.85部
・NKエステルA-DCP(トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製):4.63部
・8UX-015A(多官能ウレタンアクリレート化合物、大成ファインケミカル(株)製):2.31部
・アロニックスTO-2349(カルボキシ基を有する多官能アクリレート化合物、東亞合成(株)製):0.77部
・下記に示す構造の化合物(光酸発生剤、特開2013-47765号公報の段落0227に記載の方法に従って合成した化合物。):0.32部
<< Thermoplastic resin composition >>
The following components were mixed to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition.
・ Copolymer of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid and acrylic acid (solid content concentration 30.0%, Mw 30,000, acid value 153 mgKOH / g): 42.85 parts ・ NK ester A-DCP (tricyclodecanedimethanoldi) Acrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 4.63 parts, 8UX-015A (polyfunctional urethane acrylate compound, manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 2.31 parts, Aronix TO-2349 (many with carboxy group) Functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd .): 0.77 parts-Compound having the structure shown below (photoacid generator, compound synthesized according to the method described in paragraph 0227 of JP2013-47765A): 0.32 copies
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
・下記に示す構造の化合物(酸により発色する色素):0.08部 -Compounds with the structure shown below (dyes that develop color with acid): 0.08 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
・E-1(メガファックF552(DIC(株)製)):0.03部
・MEK(メチルエチルケトン、三協化学(株)製):39.50部
・PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、昭和電工(株)製):9.51部
・ E-1 (Megafuck F552 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)): 0.03 parts ・ MEK (methyl ethyl ketone, manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.): 39.50 parts ・ PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, Showa Denko) Made by Co., Ltd.): 9.51 copies
-中間層の形成-
 形成された熱可塑性樹脂層の表面に、スリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0m、且つ、乾燥後の層厚が1.2μmとなるように上記の中間層組成物を塗布した。中間層組成物の塗膜を80℃で40秒間かけて乾燥し、中間層を形成した。
-Formation of intermediate layer-
The above intermediate layer composition was applied to the surface of the formed thermoplastic resin layer using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the coating width was 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying was 1.2 μm. The coating film of the intermediate layer composition was dried at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form an intermediate layer.
<<中間層組成物>>
 以下の成分を混合して中間層組成物を調製した。
・イオン交換水:38.12部
・メタノール(三菱ガス化学(株)製):57.17部
・クラレポバールPVA-205(ポリビニルアルコール、(株)クラレ製):3.22部
・ポリビニルピロリドンK-30(日本触媒(株)製):1.49部
・メガファックF-444(フッ素系ノニオン性界面活性剤、DIC(株)製):0.0015部
<< Intermediate layer composition >>
The following components were mixed to prepare an intermediate layer composition.
-Ion exchanged water: 38.12 parts-Methanol (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc.): 57.17 parts-Clarepovar PVA-205 (polyvinyl alcohol, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 3.22 parts-Polyvinylpyrrolidone K -30 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 1.49 parts, Megafuck F-444 (fluorine-based nonionic surfactant, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 0.0015 parts
-感光性樹脂層の形成-
 形成された中間層の表面に、スリット状ノズルを用いて塗布幅が1.0m、且つ、乾燥後の層厚が表1の記載の厚さとなるように表1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-7又はAH-1~AH-3のいずれかを塗布した。感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-7又はAH-1~AH-3のいずれかの塗膜を80℃で40秒間かけて乾燥し、感光性樹脂層を形成した。
-Formation of photosensitive resin layer-
The photosensitive resin composition shown in Table 1 so that the coating width is 1.0 m and the layer thickness after drying is the thickness shown in Table 1 using a slit-shaped nozzle on the surface of the formed intermediate layer. Either A-1 to A-7 or AH-1 to AH-3 was applied. The coating film of any of the photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-7 or AH-1 to AH-3 was dried at 80 ° C. for 40 seconds to form a photosensitive resin layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 また、使用した感光性樹脂組成物A-1~A-7及びAH-1~AH-3の組成を以下の表2に示す。 The compositions of the photosensitive resin compositions A-1 to A-7 and AH-1 to AH-3 used are shown in Table 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 表2における「Mm/Mb」は、感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物の含有量Mmとバインダーポリマーの含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値を表し、「アクリル化合物の含有量」は、感光性樹脂層に含まれる(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量を表し、単位は質量%である。 “Mm / Mb” in Table 2 represents the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer, and “content of the acrylic compound” is the value of photosensitive. It represents the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the sex resin layer, and the unit is mass%.
 なお、表2の略称の詳細を以下に示す。
 BPE-500:エトキシ化(10モル当量)ビスフェノールAジメタクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 BPE-200:エトキシ化(4モル当量)ビスフェノールAジメタクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 M-270:ポリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート(n=約12)(東亞合成(株)製)
 A-TMPT:トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 SR-454:エトキシ化トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(アルケマ社製)
 SR-502:エトキシ化(9モル当量)トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート(アルケマ社製)
 A-9300-CL1:ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 B-CIM:2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビスイミダゾール(重合開始剤、黒金化成(株)製)
 SB-PI 701:4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(増感剤、三洋貿易(株)製)
 CBT-1:カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(防錆剤、城北化学工業(株)製)
 TDP-G:フェノチアジン(重合禁止剤、川口化学工業(株)製)
 Irganox245:ethylene bis(oxyethylene)bis(3-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl)propionate)(重合禁止剤、BASF社製)
 F-552:フッ素系界面活性剤(DIC(株)製)
The details of the abbreviations in Table 2 are shown below.
BPE-500: Ethoxylation (10 molar equivalents) Bisphenol A dimethacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
BPE-200: Ethoxylation (4 molar equivalents) Bisphenol A dimethacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
M-270: Polypropylene glycol diacrylate (n = about 12) (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
A-TMPT: Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
SR-454: Trimethylol ethoxylated propantriacrylate (manufactured by Arkema)
SR-502: Ethoxylation (9 molar equivalents) Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Arkema)
A-9300-CL1: ε-caprolactone-modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
B-CIM: 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-bisimidazole (polymerization initiator, manufactured by Kurogane Kasei Co., Ltd.)
SB-PI 701: 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (sensitizer, manufactured by Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd.)
CBT-1: Carboxybenzotriazole (rust inhibitor, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
TDP-G: Phenothiazine (polymerization inhibitor, manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
Irganox245: polyethylene bis (oxyethylene) bis (3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate) (polymerization inhibitor, manufactured by BASF)
F-552: Fluorosurfactant (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
-カバーフィルムの貼り付け-
 形成された感光性樹脂層の表面に、カバーフィルムとしてPETフィルム(東レ(株)製、ルミラー16QS62、算術平均粗さ(Ra値)0.02μm)を圧着し、各実施例の感光性転写部材をそれぞれ作製した。
 得られた感光性転写部材を巻き取って、ロール形態の感光性転写部材を作製した。
-Attach cover film-
A PET film (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror 16QS62, arithmetic average roughness (Ra value) 0.02 μm) was pressure-bonded to the surface of the formed photosensitive resin layer as a cover film, and the photosensitive transfer member of each embodiment was pressed. Were prepared respectively.
The obtained photosensitive transfer member was wound up to prepare a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer member.
<積層体の作製>
 上記で作製した感光性転写部材F-1~F-9、FH-1及びFH-2のカバーフィルムを剥離し、感光性転写部材の剥離面を、銅基板に接触させ、PETフィルムに銅をスパッタし厚さ200μmの銅層を形成した銅基板上に、以下のラミネート条件でラミネートしてラミネート体を得た。
-ラミネート条件-
 銅基板の温度:40℃
 ゴムローラーの温度:110℃
 線圧:3N/cm
 搬送速度:2m/分
<Manufacturing of laminated body>
The cover films of the photosensitive transfer members F-1 to F-9, FH-1 and FH-2 produced above are peeled off, the peeled surface of the photosensitive transfer member is brought into contact with the copper substrate, and copper is applied to the PET film. A laminated body was obtained by laminating under the following laminating conditions on a copper substrate on which a copper layer having a thickness of 200 μm was formed by sputtering.
-Laminating conditions-
Copper substrate temperature: 40 ° C
Rubber roller temperature: 110 ° C
Linear pressure: 3N / cm
Transport speed: 2 m / min
<露光>
 次いで、ライン&スペース=6μm/6μmの露光パターンを有する露光マスクを、ラミネート体の感光性転写部材をラミネートした側における仮支持体に密着させ、露光マスクを介して、超高圧水銀灯を有するプロキシミティー型露光機(日立ハイテク電子エンジニアリング(株)製)を用いて、レジストパターンの最大高さの90%の位置の高さの幅が6μmになる露光量で露光した。
<Exposure>
Next, an exposure mask having an exposure pattern of line & space = 6 μm / 6 μm is brought into close contact with a temporary support on the side where the photosensitive transfer member of the laminate is laminated, and the proximity with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp is passed through the exposure mask. Using a mold exposure machine (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Electronics Engineering Co., Ltd.), exposure was performed at an exposure amount such that the width of the height at 90% of the maximum height of the resist pattern was 6 μm.
<現像>
 その後、露光したラミネート体から仮支持体を剥離し、1.0%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用いて26℃、30秒間での現像条件で現像処理した。
 次いで、純水を用いて、26℃、30秒で洗浄処理を行った。
 次いで、表面にエアを吹きかけて水分を除去し、樹脂パターンを有する基板を作製した。
 現像処理、及び、洗浄処理は、シャワー型の現像機を用い、スプレー圧は0.08MPaだった。
<Development>
Then, the temporary support was peeled off from the exposed laminate and developed with a 1.0% aqueous sodium carbonate solution at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds.
Next, a washing treatment was performed at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds using pure water.
Next, air was blown onto the surface to remove water, and a substrate having a resin pattern was produced.
A shower-type developing machine was used for the developing treatment and the cleaning treatment, and the spray pressure was 0.08 MPa.
<エッチング、及び、剥離>
 樹脂パターンを有する基板に対し、25℃の銅エッチング液(関東化学(株)製、Cu-02)を用いて60秒間、銅層をシャワーエッチングした。
 その後、60℃の剥離液(関東化学(株)製KP-301)を用いて、2分間シャワー剥離を行うことで、樹脂パターンを除去し、回路配線Aを作製した。
<Etching and peeling>
A copper layer was shower-etched on a substrate having a resin pattern for 60 seconds using a copper etching solution (Cu-02 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C.
Then, the resin pattern was removed by shower peeling for 2 minutes using a stripping solution at 60 ° C. (KP-301 manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) to prepare a circuit wiring A.
<露光部のレジスト線幅の測定>
 作製した樹脂パターンを有する基板を、ラインパターンのライン方向に対して垂直な面で割断した。
 ラインパターンの断面を、走査線電子顕微鏡(SEM)を用いて断面側から観察し、レジストの幅を計測した。
 また、上記と同様のサンプルにおいて、非露光部の層の厚さを計測した。
<Measurement of resist line width in exposed area>
The substrate having the produced resin pattern was cut by a plane perpendicular to the line direction of the line pattern.
The cross section of the line pattern was observed from the cross section side using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the width of the resist was measured.
Moreover, in the same sample as above, the thickness of the layer of the non-exposed portion was measured.
<評価>
-解像性評価-
 複数の幅のライン&スペースを有する回路配線パターンマスクにより、上記と同様にレジスト剥離後の配線サンプルを作製した。得られた配線サンプルを光学顕微鏡で配線部を観察し、解像している最も細い細線の幅により、以下の評価基準で解像性を評価した。
  A:解像している最も細い細線の幅が6μm以下
  B:解像している最も細い細線の幅が6μmより大きく10μm以下
  C:解像している最も細い細線の幅が10μmより大きい
<Evaluation>
-Resolution evaluation-
A wiring sample after resist peeling was prepared in the same manner as above by using a circuit wiring pattern mask having a plurality of width lines and spaces. The wiring portion of the obtained wiring sample was observed with an optical microscope, and the resolution was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria based on the width of the thinnest wire to be resolved.
A: The width of the thinnest thin line in resolution is 6 μm or less B: The width of the thinnest thin line in resolution is greater than 6 μm and 10 μm or less C: The width of the thinnest thin line in resolution is greater than 10 μm
-直線性評価-
 上記配線サンプルについて、アトランダムに選んだ箇所の配線の幅を20箇所測定した。得られた線幅データから標準偏差σを算出し、標準偏差σを3倍した値をLWR(Line Width Roughness)と定義し、パターン直線性の指標とした。
 LWRは定義上、小さいほど線幅変動が小さいこととなり好ましい。
  A:LWRの値が200nm以下
  B:LWRの値が200nmより大きく300nm以下
  C:LWRの値が300nmより大きい
-Linearity evaluation-
With respect to the above wiring sample, the width of the wiring at the locations selected at random was measured at 20 locations. The standard deviation σ was calculated from the obtained line width data, and the value obtained by multiplying the standard deviation σ by 3 was defined as LWR (Line Width Roughness) and used as an index of pattern linearity.
By definition, the smaller the LWR, the smaller the line width fluctuation, which is preferable.
A: LWR value is 200 nm or less B: LWR value is greater than 200 nm and 300 nm or less C: LWR value is greater than 300 nm
(実施例10)
 上記露光時において、ライン&スペース=6μm/6μmの露光パターンをライン&スペース=8μm/8μmの露光パターンに変更した以外は、実施例5と同様にして、樹脂パターンを有する基板、及び、回路配線Aを作製した。
 また、実施例5と同様にして、評価を行った。
(Example 10)
At the time of the above exposure, the substrate having the resin pattern and the circuit wiring are the same as in Example 5 except that the exposure pattern of line & space = 6 μm / 6 μm is changed to the exposure pattern of line & space = 8 μm / 8 μm. A was prepared.
Moreover, the evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 5.
(実施例11)
 上記露光時において、ライン&スペース=6μm/6μmの露光パターンをライン&スペース=4μm/4μmの露光パターンに変更した以外は、実施例5と同様にして、樹脂パターンを有する基板、及び、回路配線Aを作製した。
 また、実施例5と同様にして、評価を行った。
(Example 11)
At the time of the above exposure, the substrate having the resin pattern and the circuit wiring are the same as in Example 5 except that the exposure pattern of line & space = 6 μm / 6 μm is changed to the exposure pattern of line & space = 4 μm / 4 μm. A was prepared.
Moreover, the evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 5.
(実施例12)
 上記現像時において、1.0%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を用いて26℃、30秒間での現像条件を、1.2%炭酸カリウム水溶液を用いて30℃、30秒間での現像条件に変更した以外は、実施例5と同様にして、樹脂パターンを有する基板、及び、回路配線Aを作製した。
 また、実施例5と同様にして、評価を行った。
(Example 12)
At the time of the above development, the development conditions at 26 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 1.0% sodium carbonate aqueous solution were changed to the development conditions at 30 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 1.2% potassium carbonate aqueous solution. , A substrate having a resin pattern and circuit wiring A were produced in the same manner as in Example 5.
Moreover, the evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 上記表3に示すように、実施例1~12の樹脂パターンの製造方法及び感光性転写部材は、比較例1~3の樹脂パターンの製造方法及び感光性転写部材と比べ、配線等の得られるエッチングパターンの解像性に優れる。
 また、上記表3に示すように、実施例1~12の樹脂パターンの製造方法及び感光性転写部材は、得られるエッチングパターンの直線性にも優れる。
As shown in Table 3 above, the resin pattern manufacturing methods and photosensitive transfer members of Examples 1 to 12 can obtain wiring and the like as compared with the resin pattern manufacturing methods and photosensitive transfer members of Comparative Examples 1 to 3. Excellent resolution of etching pattern.
Further, as shown in Table 3 above, the resin pattern manufacturing methods and the photosensitive transfer members of Examples 1 to 12 are also excellent in the linearity of the obtained etching pattern.
 なお、2020年2月5日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-017720号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。また、本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-017720 filed on February 5, 2020 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Also, all documents, patent applications and technical standards described herein are to the same extent as if the individual documents, patent applications and technical standards were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference. , Incorporated by reference herein.

Claims (11)

  1.  仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材を用いて基板上に樹脂パターンを形成する樹脂パターンの製造方法であって、
     前記樹脂パターンの幅方向の断面において、前記樹脂パターンの前記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅よりも前記樹脂パターンの前記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅が、0.2μm以上大きい
     樹脂パターンの製造方法。
    A method for producing a resin pattern in which a resin pattern is formed on a substrate by using a temporary support and a photosensitive transfer member having a photosensitive resin layer.
    In the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern, the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more larger than the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the substrate. Resin pattern manufacturing method.
  2.  前記感光性樹脂層の厚さが、8μm以下である請求項1に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 1, wherein the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is 8 μm or less.
  3.  前記仮支持体の厚さが、25μm以下である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the temporary support has a thickness of 25 μm or less.
  4.  前記樹脂パターンの前記基板に接する部分におけるパターン幅から前記樹脂パターンの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅を引いた値が、0.2μm以上2.4μm以下である請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 Claims 1 to claim that the value obtained by subtracting the pattern width at a position of 90% of the maximum height of the resin pattern from the pattern width at the portion of the resin pattern in contact with the substrate is 0.2 μm or more and 2.4 μm or less. The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of 3.
  5.  前記感光性樹脂層が、重合性化合物、及び、バインダーポリマーを含む請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the photosensitive resin layer contains a polymerizable compound and a binder polymer.
  6.  前記感光性樹脂層における重合性化合物の含有量Mmとバインダーポリマーの含有量Mbとの比Mm/Mbの値が、0.9以下である請求項5に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 5, wherein the value of the ratio Mm / Mb of the content Mm of the polymerizable compound and the content Mb of the binder polymer in the photosensitive resin layer is 0.9 or less.
  7.  前記感光性樹脂層における前記重合性化合物が、(メタ)アクリル化合物を含み、
     前記感光性樹脂層に含まれる前記(メタ)アクリル化合物の全質量に対するアクリル化合物の含有量が、60質量%以下である請求項5又は請求項6に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。
    The polymerizable compound in the photosensitive resin layer contains a (meth) acrylic compound and contains.
    The method for producing a resin pattern according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the content of the acrylic compound with respect to the total mass of the (meth) acrylic compound contained in the photosensitive resin layer is 60% by mass or less.
  8.  製造される樹脂パターンが、パターン幅が6μm以下の樹脂パターンを含む請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法。 The method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the resin pattern to be produced includes a resin pattern having a pattern width of 6 μm or less.
  9.  前記基板が、前記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、
     請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された前記基板上に前記樹脂パターンを有する積層体において、前記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある前記導電層をエッチング処理して回路配線を形成する工程を含む、
     回路配線の製造方法。
    The substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed.
    In a laminate having the resin pattern on the substrate manufactured by the method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of claims 1 to 8, the conductivity in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged. Including the step of etching the layers to form circuit wiring,
    How to manufacture circuit wiring.
  10.  前記基板が、前記樹脂パターンが形成されている側の表面に導電層を有し、
     請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂パターンの製造方法により製造された前記基板上に前記樹脂パターンを有する積層体において、前記樹脂パターンが配置されていない領域にある前記導電層をエッチング処理してタッチパネル用配線を形成する工程を含む、
     タッチパネルの製造方法。
    The substrate has a conductive layer on the surface on the side on which the resin pattern is formed.
    In a laminate having the resin pattern on the substrate manufactured by the method for producing a resin pattern according to any one of claims 1 to 8, the conductivity in a region where the resin pattern is not arranged. Including the step of etching the layers to form the wiring for the touch panel,
    Touch panel manufacturing method.
  11.  仮支持体及び感光性樹脂層を有する感光性転写部材であって、
     前記感光性転写部材により、基板上に前記基板からの最大高さの90%の位置におけるパターン幅が6μmとなる樹脂パターンAを形成した場合に、前記樹脂パターンAの幅方向の断面において、前記基板に接する部分における前記樹脂パターンAのパターン幅が、6.2μm以上である
     感光性転写部材。
    A photosensitive transfer member having a temporary support and a photosensitive resin layer.
    When a resin pattern A having a pattern width of 6 μm at a position of 90% of the maximum height from the substrate is formed on the substrate by the photosensitive transfer member, the said in the cross section in the width direction of the resin pattern A. A photosensitive transfer member having a pattern width of the resin pattern A in a portion in contact with a substrate of 6.2 μm or more.
PCT/JP2021/003540 2020-02-05 2021-02-01 Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member WO2021157525A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021575783A JPWO2021157525A1 (en) 2020-02-05 2021-02-01
CN202180007980.6A CN114930250A (en) 2020-02-05 2021-02-01 Method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing touch panel, and photosensitive transfer member

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020017720 2020-02-05
JP2020-017720 2020-02-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021157525A1 true WO2021157525A1 (en) 2021-08-12

Family

ID=77200198

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/003540 WO2021157525A1 (en) 2020-02-05 2021-02-01 Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021157525A1 (en)
CN (1) CN114930250A (en)
WO (1) WO2021157525A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012168210A (en) * 2011-02-09 2012-09-06 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Method for manufacturing laminate
JP2015118194A (en) * 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film comprising the same, insulating film formed from the photosensitive resin film, and multilayer wiring board including the insulating film
WO2015093271A1 (en) * 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, pattern formation method, and etching method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012168210A (en) * 2011-02-09 2012-09-06 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Method for manufacturing laminate
JP2015118194A (en) * 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film comprising the same, insulating film formed from the photosensitive resin film, and multilayer wiring board including the insulating film
WO2015093271A1 (en) * 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transfer material, pattern formation method, and etching method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114930250A (en) 2022-08-19
JPWO2021157525A1 (en) 2021-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021033451A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer member, circuit wiring-manufacturing method, and touch panel-manufacturing method
WO2021176811A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, and production method for circuit wiring
WO2022163778A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
WO2021199542A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
WO2022045203A1 (en) Transfer film, manufacturing method for laminate, and manufacturing method for circuit wiring
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
JP7262408B2 (en) Method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing touch panel, and photosensitive transfer member
WO2021157525A1 (en) Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member
JP7479482B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2021176812A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, and production method for circuit wiring
WO2021220980A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022059418A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022138246A1 (en) Transfer material and method for manufacturing laminate
WO2022138576A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring line, method for producing electronic device, and method for producing multilayer body
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022138468A1 (en) Transfer material and method for producing laminated body
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
JP7321388B2 (en) Information giving method, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022059417A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2021161965A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive-film manufacturing method
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138154A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138493A1 (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and transfer film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21751028

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021575783

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21751028

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1